Quarterlytics / Clipper Logistics plc / FY2018 Annual Report

Clipper Logistics plc
Annual Report 2018

CLG · LSE
Claim this profile
Ticker CLG
Exchange LSE
Sector
Industry
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2018 Annual Report · Clipper Logistics plc
Loading PDF…
Annual Report 
and Accounts 2018

Strengthening
our business

C

l

i

p

p

e

r

L

o

g

i

s

t

i

c

s

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

1

8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Who we are. 
What we do.

Logistics is crucial  
to your business.  
Nobody understands 
that better than us.  
But logistics is changing. 
Over the past decade 
the retail environment 
has transformed  
beyond recognition, 
and in this market 
place, the traditional 
approach to logistics is 
fast becoming extinct.

Consumer expectations have grown, 
financial pressures have slowed 
demand and competition has 
increased to give consumers more 
choice. And these factors combine  
to make the retail sector more 
competitive and complicated  
than ever before.

We understand just how business-critical 
logistics is, and that’s why we’re 
constantly challenging conventions  
to improve your business performance 
and help you meet the changing 
dynamics of retail with cutting edge 
logistics management solutions.

Independent Auditor’s Report

Group Financial Statements
66 
70  Group Income Statement
 Group Statement of  
70 
Comprehensive Income

71  Group Statement of Financial Position
72  Group Statement of Changes in Equity
73  Group Statement of Cash Flows
74 

 Notes to the Group  
Financial Statements

Company Financial Statements
102   Company Statement of  

Financial Position

103   Company Statement of  
Changes in Equity
104   Notes to the Company  
Financial Statements

116   Directors, Secretary, Registered  
& Head Office and Advisors

Contents
Strategic Report
Highlights
1 
8 
Understanding Clipper
10  Chairman’s Statement
12  Our Markets
16  Our Business Model
18  Our Strategy
20  Risk Management
21  Principal Risks and Uncertainties
23  Viability Statement
24  Our People
28  Sustainability
30  Operating and Financial Review

Governance
36  Board of Directors
38  Corporate Governance Report
42  Nomination Committee Report
43  Audit Committee Report
46  Directors’ Remuneration Report
 –  Implementation Report  
48 

on Remuneration

54 

 –  Appendix: Directors’  
Remuneration Policy

61  Directors’ Report
65 

 Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities  
in respect of the Annual Report  
and the Financial Statements

Group profit after tax

£14.3m

(2017: £12.5m)
+14.6%

1
0
.
3

7
.
3

1
4
.
3

1
2
.
5

2
.
8

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

Group EBIT*

£20.9m

(2017: £17.9m)
+16.3%

2
0
.
9

1
7
.
9

Dividend per share

8.4p

(2017: 7.2p)
+16.7%

1
4
.
7

1
0
.
9

4
.
8

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

*  Group EBIT is defined as operating profit, 
including the Group’s share of operating  
profit in equity-accounted investees, before 
amortisation of intangible assets arising on 
consolidation.

4
0
0
.
1

Cash generated from operations

£24.5m

(2017: £25.7m)
-4.6%

2
5
.
7

2
4
.
5

2
0
.
5

1
5
.
8

1
2
.
6

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

Highlights

Group revenue

£400.1m

(2017: £340.1m)
+17.6%

3
4
0
.
1

2
9
0
.
3

2
3
4
.
8

2
0
1
.
2

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

Earnings per share

14.2p

(2017: 12.5p)
+13.6%

1
0
3

.

7
3

.

1
4
.
2

1
2
.
5

2
8

.

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

8
.
4

7
.
2

6
.
0

4
.
8

2015

2016

2017

2018

1

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Company Financial StatementsGroup Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
People are at 
the heart of  
our business 

A major component of 
our Human Resources 
agenda is learning  
and development. 

Underpinning our 
competency framework  
is a whole suite of people 
development programmes 
from technical training 
through to management 
and senior executive 
development. 

Clipper employs 
over 4,700 people in 

46 locations in Europe.

2

 Clipper Logistics plc Strategic ReportThe Clipper approach
The recruitment, retention and 
development of people are 
fundamental to the growth strategy 
and ongoing success of the Group. 
Our Human Resources agenda 
continues to develop in line with the 
needs of the business and we have 
a well-defined people strategy that 
ensures we remain properly resourced 
in all areas, whilst seeking to develop 
talent and enrich career opportunities.

We have a strong identity and team 
ethos working as one company to 
respond quickly and embrace change. 
To provide focus and drive a ‘one-
team’ dynamic, the Team Clipper 
cultural programme has been 
developed during the year. It is aimed 
at driving performance and creating 
an internal branding and dialogue that 
enables everyone to understand their 
contribution to the success of the 
business. This initiative is supported  
by a number of cultural programmes, 
performance development reviews, 
a competency framework and a  
whole suite of programmes designed  
to augment continuous improvement, 
communication and engagement.

3

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Clipper Logistics plc Company Financial StatementsGroup Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Strengthened 
our position  
in Europe 

Through listening  
to our international 
customers it is clear 
that their key concerns 
are pan‑European 
capabilities to handle 
the growing demands 
of online returns.

The UK is the most 
developed country in 
Europe for multichannel 
retailing, with over  
12% of all purchasing 
taking place online. 
However, major EU 
countries such as 
Germany, Italy and 
France are growing 
online sales fast and 
are hot on the heels  
of the UK.

Adding value with 
existing customers in 

new territories.

4

 Clipper Logistics plc Strategic ReportThe first contract win was for Westwing,  
a large home and leisure retailer 
operating in the German market.

A second long-term contract 
quickly followed in the same facility 
in Pozna´n. This operation is another 
e-commerce returns operation for 
ASOS, complementing our existing  
UK operation, bringing together two  
of our strategic pillars (continue 
European expansion and develop new, 
complementary products and services).

The third contract is an increase in  
the scope of operations for Westwing. 
This has necessitated expansion into 
an adjacent Pozna´n facility currently  
being constructed.

We have also extended our electronic 
returns operation for Amazon into 
Europe. Whilst initially a relatively 
small-scale operation located in  
our existing Kempen facility, it further 
demonstrates Clipper’s ability to grow 
existing UK customer relationships 
cross-border.

5

European expansion
We have successfully opened our  
first facility in Poland where we have 
already secured three new contract 
wins. All three contracts are open book, 
replicating the business model that has 
worked so well for us in the UK. Two of 
the contracts started in early 2017 with 
the third due to commence late in 2018. 
As the contracts are open book, the 
Polish operations carry little financial 
risk and have been immediately 
earnings-enhancing.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Clipper Logistics plc Company Financial StatementsGroup Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Growing our 
offer through 
acquisition 

The acquisition of 
RepairTech will enable 
us to offer existing and 
prospective customers 
of RepairTech, 
Servicecare and the 
wider Clipper Group  
a truly comprehensive 
range of returns 
management services. 

We welcome the 
employees and 
management team  
of RepairTech to the 
Clipper Group, and 
look forward to 
continuing to build 
the breadth and 
depth of our services 
and customer base.

Leveraging logistics 
and technical services 

across the Group.

6

 Clipper Logistics plc Strategic ReportTechnical Services
Subsequent to the acquisition, 
we have unified Clipper’s existing 
Servicecare operations and 
RepairTech under a new Technical 
Services umbrella. Now operating 
under one management team, 
Technical Services offers electronic 
repairs and returns services to a wide 
range of customers, comprising 
manufacturers and retailers.

part of the Clipper group

Several of the retail customers of 
Technical Services are also existing 
customers of Clipper, enhancing our 
credentials with these customers. Certain 
of Technical Services’ existing blue-chip 
customers are target customers of 
Clipper; there are also opportunities  
to offer electrical returns services to 
Clipper’s existing Boomerang customers, 
consolidating Clipper’s reputation as  
a one-stop shop for retail returns.

The Technical Services division  
includes a new returns operation for 
Amazon, performed at our Kempen  
site in Germany.

7

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Clipper Logistics plc Company Financial StatementsGroup Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Understanding Clipper
Logistics is crucial to your business.  
Nobody understands that better  
than us. In a rapidly changing retail 
environment, we’re redefining logistics. 

The speed of change is phenomenal
In e-fulfilment & returns management 
services, the logistics requirements of 
retailers have changed dramatically:

we deliver the same flexibility and 
exceptional service to every client 
regardless of their size.

The Group operates from 46 locations 
comprising over 9.2 million square feet. 
It now has over 4,700 employees, 
excluding agency staff.

Reporting segments
The results of the Group are reported 
in the following segments:

 − Value-added logistics services, 

comprising the following business 
activities:
 − E-fulfilment & returns 

management services;

 − Non e-fulfilment logistics; and
 − Central logistics overheads, being 
those costs of the business which 
are not meaningfully allocable 
to the above business activities, 
including directorate, advertising 
and promotion, accounting, 
IT and the solutions development 
team; and

 − Commercial vehicles.

Whilst not a segment in its own right, the 
Group separately reports head office 
costs, representing the costs of the 
Executive Chairman, Chief Financial 
Officer, Deputy Chief Financial Officer, 
Company Secretary, Non-Executive 
Directors and plc compliance costs.

Segment and business activity details
E‑fulfilment & returns  
management services
This business activity includes the 
receipt, warehousing, value-added 
processing, stock management, 
picking, packing and despatch of 
products on behalf of customers to 
support their online trading activities, 
as well as a range of ancillary support 
services, including the management 
of the returns process for customers.

At no time does Clipper take ownership 
of customers’ products. The Company 
owns the Boomerang brand, under 
which returns of products are 
managed on behalf of retailers.

 − 25% of non-food retail sales now take 
place online in the UK (source: ONS).

 − Effective management of returns is 

crucial to protecting a retailer’s brand.

 − In clothing and footwear, between 

25% and 40% of products sold online 
are returned (various sources).

 − Online returns are forecast to grow at 
the same rate as online spend over 
the next five years with clothing and 
footwear dominating the channel, 
accounting for 70% of all online 
returns by 2022 (source: Global data).
 − Click and Collect: over the last three 
years, the proportion of online orders 
collected in store has increased from 
10% to over 65% for many retailers 
(various sources).

Legislative, economic, competitive 
and other influences mean that our 
customers need a retail-focused 
logistics provider to enable them to 
continually adapt and evolve to 
address these challenges. We have 
the credibility and are acknowledged  
as a thought leader in the sector.

We’re large and able 
We’re experts in retail and high value 
logistics. We have the facilities, the 
processes, the experience, the fleet 
and, most importantly, the people to 
deliver on contracts of all sizes, and  
we see the bigger picture without 
neglecting the day-to-day detail.

We’re fast and agile
We have a flexible, ‘flat’ organisational 
structure that gives customers direct 
access to our senior team. We have 
experts in warehouse design, system 
design and testing, project management 
and implementation, and the operational 
management to ensure rapid delivery  
of effective solutions.

We’re big and small
Our bespoke approach sees us work 
with market leaders, small to medium-
sized enterprises, start-ups and the  
UK’s fastest emerging brands – and 

8

In the previous financial year, Clipper 
entered into a joint venture with 
John Lewis, Clicklink Logistics Limited, 
(“Clicklink”), which operates a 
shared-user, retailer-focused Click 
and Collect solution to capitalise on 
rapid transition to in-store collections.

Clipper anticipates rapid growth in 
this segment, reflecting continuing 
migration to online retailing due to 
the structural changes taking place 
in the retail sector. It is expected that 
the proportion of non-food retail sales 
taking place online will grow from 25% 
currently to 33% by 2022 (source: PwC).

The results of Technical Services are 
included in the e-fulfilment & returns 
management services category.

Non e‑fulfilment logistics
This business activity includes receipt, 
warehousing, value-added processing, 
stock management, picking, packing 
and distribution of products on behalf 
of customers. Clipper does not take 
ownership of customers’ products at 
any stage.

Within this category, Clipper handles 
high value products, including 
tobacco, alcohol and designer 
clothing. Clipper also undertakes 
traditional retail support services 
including processing, storage and 
distribution of products, particularly 
fashion, to high street retailers.

Central logistics overheads
Central logistics overheads are the 
costs of support services specific to the 
logistics services segment, but which 
are impractical to allocate between 
the sub-segment business activities.

Commercial vehicles
The commercial vehicles business, 
Northern Commercials, operates 
Iveco and Fiat commercial vehicle 
dealerships from six locations, together 
with three sub-dealerships. It sells new 
and used vehicles, provides servicing 
and repair facilities, and sells parts.

Vehicles sold and serviced range from 
small light commercial vans through to 
articulated tractor units.

 Clipper Logistics plc Strategic ReportWe operate from 46 locations 
comprising over 9.2 million  
square feet.

 Logistics depots

 Commercial vehicle sites

Our investment case

1.  Sector focus
 − Clipper is focused on the 
provision of value-added  
logistics services to retailers.
 − By being thought leaders in the 
sector, we identify trends and 
opportunities ahead of the  
curve and develop products  
and services to address them.

 − We also have a consistently 

profitable and complementary 
commercial vehicles business.

2.   Highly attractive presence  

in online retail

 − In non-food retail, the penetration 

of online is expected to grow 
from its current level of 25% of 
total sales to 33% by 2022.
 − We are leaders in this sector, 

providing e-fulfilment solutions 
and specialised returns 
management services through 
our Boomerang brand, which 
has been enhanced with the 
acquisition of RepairTech 
(see note 28 to the Group 
Financial Statements).

 − Our Clicklink Click and Collect 
joint venture provides a service 
dedicated to the needs of retailers.

3.  Attractive business model
 − Value-added consultancy model 
with strategic level relationships.

 − High level of long-term,  

open book/minimum volume 
guarantee contracts in  
UK logistics.

 − Highly visible profit and cash flows.
 − High levels of cash conversion.
 − Capital expenditure 

predominantly on behalf of  
major open book customers,  
with corresponding obligation  
to repay Clipper over the term  
of the contract.

 − Complementary commercial 

vehicles business is consistently 
profitable and cash generative.

4.  Clear growth strategy
 − Organic growth in all sectors, 
but especially e-commerce 
related activities.
 − European expansion.
 − Growth of Click and Collect 

through Clicklink.

 − Continuing further research 

for earnings-accretive 
acquisition opportunities.

5.  Strong financial profile
 − Attractive working capital profile.
 − Operating profit growth coupled 

with high cash conversion.

 − Sustainable dividend policy at 
circa 60% of after-tax profits.

9

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Clipper Logistics plc Company Financial StatementsGroup Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Chairman’s Statement
As Chairman of Clipper Logistics plc, 
I am pleased to present our 2018 
financial results following the fourth 
anniversary of our listing on the Main 
Market of the London Stock Exchange 
in June 2014.

Steve Parkin
Executive Chairman

The financial year ended 30 April 2018 
has seen a continuation of our historic 
track record of achieving significant 
organic revenue growth, complemented 
by the addition of strategic, value-
enhancing acquisitions. 

significant growth in activity with many 
of our customers including Asda, 
Morrisons, Philip Morris, Wilko, Zara 
and s.Oliver. Further, our commercial 
vehicles business continues to 
perform strongly.

retail sector, and in particular the 
e-commerce sector including returns 
management and click and collect, 
provides the Group with exceptionally 
strong strategic positioning for 
the future.

The Group is focused on developing 
innovative, cost-effective solutions that 
address the needs of our blue-chip 
client base, predominantly in the retail 
sector. We continue to invest in quality 
people to implement sector-leading 
projects, and this, together with our 
ability to identify key trends and 
developments in the sectors we serve, 
means that we are confident in our 
ability to continue this momentum.

The Group has achieved another strong 
financial performance in the year 
under review, and has commenced 
significant new contracts with high 
profile retailers including Edinburgh 
Woollen Mill, River Island, M&S and 
ASOS, for whom we have introduced 
returns management services in 
Poland. In addition, we have seen 

During the year, we announced the 
acquisition of Tesam Distribution Limited  
in May 2017, and the acquisition of 
RepairTech Limited in June 2017.  
Both of these acquisitions have been 
immediately earnings-enhancing. 
These acquisitions demonstrate our 
ability to identify complementary 
businesses that extend the breadth 
of both our customer base and our 
service offerings, and enhance returns 
to shareholders. I would like to welcome 
the colleagues and management of 
both businesses to the Group.

We will continue to identify key trends 
in the sectors we serve, and develop 
new services, processes and solutions 
that address the needs and challenges 
of our customers. Clipper’s unique 
understanding of the dynamics of the 

In the logistics sector, we have a  
high proportion of revenue from open 
book or minimum volume guarantee 
contracts, whilst in the commercial 
vehicles sector much of our profit 
and cash streams come from 
servicing and parts activities which 
are extremely stable. These contract 
mechanics provide a good degree 
of protection to the Group’s earnings 
and cashflows.

Consequently, the Group is well 
positioned to continue to deliver  
strong returns to our shareholders, 
despite the challenges that some parts  
of the retail sector are experiencing. 

We are mindful of the wider economic 
climate, and in particular of the 
headwinds facing our customers in 

10

 Clipper Logistics plc Strategic ReportGroup revenue

(2017: £340.1m) +17.6%

£ 400.1m

Group EBIT*

(2017: £17.9m) +16.3% 

£20.9m

*  Group EBIT is defined as operating profit, 
including the Group’s share of operating  
profit in equity-accounted investees, 
before amortisation of intangible assets 
arising on consolidation. 

The Group is focused on 
developing innovative,  
cost‑effective solutions  
that address the needs of  
our blue‑chip client base.

the retail sector. We continue to monitor 
the situation closely and engage with 
our customers to find new ways to 
pro-actively assist them.

Group results
Group revenue increased by 17.6% 
to £400.1 million for the year ended  
30 April 2018 (2017: £340.1 million), 
and Group EBIT increased by 16.3% 
to £20.9 million (2017: £17.9 million).

Diluted earnings per share were 14.1 
pence for the year ended 30 April 2018 
(2017: 12.3 pence), an increase of 14.6%.

Basic earnings per share were 
14.2 pence (2017: 12.5 pence), 
an increase of 13.6%.

Net debt was £31.7 million at the year 
end (2017: £25.1 million), in line with our 
expectations. We continue to invest in 
capital projects to support both new 
contracts and growth of existing 
contracts, much of which involves 
a commitment from customers to 
reimburse this capital over the duration 
of the contract. Net debt is defined as 
borrowings, less cash, cash equivalents 
and non-current financial assets (see note 
20 to the Group Financial Statements).

People and Board
Clipper Logistics plc is led by an 
excellent management team that  
has been at the core of the business  
for many years.

The team has a proven track record of 
identifying key trends within the sectors 
we serve, and developing relevant 
cost-effective solutions that address 
those needs. 

Further, we have a proven ability to 
identify strategic acquisitions that 
enhance Group performance and 
shareholder value.

I would like to take this opportunity to 
thank all the employees of the Group 
for their continued commitment and 
contribution to the Group’s performance.

Governance
The executive management team 
comprises Tony Mannix (Chief Executive 
Officer), David Hodkin (Chief Financial 
Officer) and myself, and the Group 
benefits from the combined experience 
of Ron Series (Senior Independent 
Director), Stephen Robertson and 
Mike Russell, our Non-Executive 
Independent Directors.

Paul Hampden Smith stood down from 
the role of Senior Independent Director 
on 12 July 2017.

Dividends
The Board is recommending a final 
dividend of 5.6 pence per share, 
making a total dividend in respect 
of the year ended 30 April 2018 of 
8.4 pence (2017: 7.2 pence), an 
increase of 16.7%.

The proposed final dividend, if 
approved by shareholders, will be 
paid on 1 October 2018 to shareholders 
on the register at the close of business 
on 7 September 2018.

Outlook
The Group continues to be one of the 
leading providers of value-added 
logistics and e-fulfilment solutions to the 
retail sector in the UK. Recent contract 
wins, together with a strong pipeline of 
new business activity and the further 
evolution of our Click and Collect 
proposition, place the Group in an 
excellent position to achieve further 
growth both in the UK and internationally. 
Indeed, Clipper’s approach of adopting 
a hands-on, long-term and pro-active 
relationship with its retail clients allows  
it to continue to grow during these 
changing retail market conditions.

I look forward to working with all of the 
Group’s stakeholders as we continue  
to drive the Group forward.

Steve Parkin
Executive Chairman

11

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Clipper Logistics plc Company Financial StatementsGroup Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Our Markets
The Group serves markets in the  
UK – where 94% of Group revenue  
is generated – and in mainland 
Europe, primarily Germany.

D

Where we
generate our
revenue  

C

2

B

1

A

1   Logistics 
A  UK retail 
B  Other EU logistics 

74%
92%
8%

2  Commercial vehicles 
C  UK sales 
D  UK aftersales 

26%
71%
29%

UK retail growth may 
have slowed, but strong 
growth is still expected 
in e‑commerce where 
Clipper excels.

Tony Mannix
Chief Executive Officer

12

UK retail
68% of Group revenue is derived 
from activities in the UK retail market. 
Within this market, we operate across 
e-commerce and non e-commerce, in 
warehousing and transport and primarily 
in fashion and general merchandise.

Size and growth of market 
The UK retail market (excluding food 
and automotive fuel) was worth 
£208.0 billion in 2017, having grown 
from £196.4 billion in 2016, growth of 
5.9% (source: ONS). Within this, whilst 
traditional bricks and mortar retail  
stores still account for the majority  
of retail sales in the UK, internet sales 
are growing at a much faster rate.

According to IMRG, the UK’s total 
e-commerce market (which includes 
food and travel) has grown from 
£0.8 billion in 2000 to £133 billion 
in 2016 and £149 billion in 2017 (12.0% 
annual growth), with a further 9.0% 
growth forecast in 2018. Q1 2018 saw 
online retail sales growth of 15.4% so 
IMRG anticipates that this growth 
forecast may need to be revised 
upwards over the coming months. 
The Group’s strength in e-commerce 
sees us well positioned to take 
advantage of this market growth. 

Recent market trends
In the last year, we have seen various 
changes affect the UK retail market, 
bringing a variety of opportunities 
and challenges to Clipper.

UK retail has undeniably faced  
some challenges in early 2018. In this 
period, there have been a number  
of high profile bricks and mortar UK 
retailers going into administration  
(e.g. Toys R Us and Maplin), with others 
having announced significant store 
rationalisation programmes (e.g. New 
Look, M&S and House of Fraser). The 
tough trading conditions have been 
driven by “bad weather, increasing 
levels of personal debt and the poorest 
year-on-year high street footfall results 

 Clipper Logistics plc Strategic ReportUK retail market – size (£bn)

210

200

190

180

170

160

150

171

2013

Source: ONS

185

188

208

196

2014

2015

2016

2017

UK retail market – share (% share of retail)

100

80

60

40

20

0

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

Source: ONS

Internet

Store

UK e-commerce market (£bn)

200

160

120

80

40

0

CAGR of 13.1%

9% growth
forecast

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

Source: IMRG

Trend

Market size

for a decade” (Source: KPMG/Ipsos 
Retail Think Tank). However, certain 
retailers, particularly those with a 
significant online presence and 
without the significant overhead of  
a store retail estate, are still trading  
well. Indeed, the market capitalisation 
of ASOS, a relative newcomer to the 
market having only been founded 
17 years ago, overtook that of high 
street stalwart M&S in the financial year, 
demonstrating the City’s perception 
of the differing outlooks faced by the 
traditional retailers compared with the 
pure-play e-tailers. Clipper has market-
leading credentials in UK e-commerce 
fashion logistics, counting six of the  
top ten most visited UK e-commerce 
clothing sites (source: SEMrush) among 
its customers. This leaves Clipper in an 
extremely strong position to capitalise 
on the predicted 9.0% market growth 
in 2018.

Demand continues to increase for 
next-day and same-day delivery, 
whether that be:

 − directly to customers’ homes. 

Forrester research shows that 30% 
of customers would happily pay 
extra for a product bought online 
to get it delivered on the same day 
as purchase; 

 − rapid retail fulfilment into store. 

Retailers are supplementing their 
regular store deliveries with top-ups 
in order to satisfy consumers’ desire 
for speed and convenience. This 
enables retailers to use very short 
lead times to micro-manage stock 
holdings whatever the driver, 
e.g. capitalising on the ‘trend of 
the day’ to quickly address stock 
outages and to ensure promotional 
lines are kept adequately full;

 − single customer orders into store via 
Click and Collect. With consumers 
struggling to predict their 
whereabouts in order to sign for 
deliveries, it is no surprise that 24% 
of shoppers chose to ‘click and 
collect’ during Black Friday 
(compared with 20.6% last year) 
(source: KPMG). Click and collect 
deliveries into the retailer’s own store 
present the added bonus to retailers 
of additional footfall into store, 
increasing potential for spontaneous 
purchases. Almost a quarter (24%) of 
adults surveyed who used a click 
and collect service bought another 
item while picking up their order 
(source: JDA/Centiro). UK shoppers 
are ahead of the curve when it 
comes to click and collect use: 54% 
of UK shoppers used it in the last year 
compared with a European average 
of 42% (source: JDA/Centiro). 

13

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Clipper Logistics plc Company Financial StatementsGroup Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Our Markets continued

Clicklink, our joint venture with John 
Lewis, offers a seven days a week B2B 
click and collect service, thereby 
creating the opportunity for retailers 
to capitalise on those ever-increasing 
next-day and same-day opportunities 
into store. In addition to John Lewis as 
anchor customer, Clicklink also now has 
a number of third party retailers using 
its platform, a platform unique in that 
it was designed with the retailer front 
of mind at every stage of the process 
(e.g. timed delivery slots, ‘retail ready’ 
cages, full track-and-traceability). 

Despite this continuing trend towards 
e-commerce, over 75% of retail sales 
(excluding food and fuel) are still 
transacted in high street stores (source: 
ONS), with 58% of shoppers citing 
immediacy as their main reason for 
using the store (source: PCMS) and 
70% of shoppers still using the store 
as a means of physically interacting 
with products (source: PCMS). This 
demonstrates that a multi-channel 
approach continues to remain vitally 
important to consumers and so it needs 
to remain an area of focus for retailers. 
Despite this, 70% of consumers feel 
that retailers are still not providing a 
consistent level of personalised service 
across their online and bricks and 
mortar operations (source: PCMS). 
However, we have seen a number of 
recent techniques being adopted by 
retailers in order to differentiate their 
services from those of their competitors. 
For example:

 − equipping store associates with 
tablets to improve the customer 
experience, whether that be to look 
up products, to demonstrate the 
item or to make recommendations 
based on previous purchases; 
 − in-store digital engagement with 

consumers (consumers are 
increasingly likely to use a mobile 
device whilst in store) with product 
reviews and targeted offers being 
sent to the customer’s mobile while 
in store; and

 − the new Zara Westfield store is their 
first store globally to feature new 
digital technology which integrates 
the online and offline shopping 
experiences. The store features 
automated online collection points, 
robotic picking and interactive 
mirrors, which are able to detect 
the product a customer is holding, 
allowing them to see what it looks 
like on a model displayed in 
the mirror.

14

Product returns continues to be a 
key battleground for retailers, both 
in terms of customer experience and 
cost management:

Customer experience 

 − Convenience. In a recent JDA/
Centiro survey covering certain 
European markets, 70% of 
respondents said the ease of 
being able to return items factors 
into which retailer they choose 
from to shop online. 

 − Service expectation. The 

customer expects returns to be 
processed seamlessly, and for the 
refund to be credited promptly 
into their bank account once the 
goods have been returned. In the 
UK ASOS returns operation in the 
year ended 30 April 2018, of those 
customer returns within ASOS 
forecasts, Clipper sanctioned the 
refund of 99.8% within 24 hours 
of receipt to the warehouse. 
Including those customer returns 
not within ASOS forecasts, Clipper 
sanctioned the refund of 75.5% 
within 24 hours of receipt. 
 − Price. The KPMG Annual Retail 

survey 2018 highlighted that 67% of 
shoppers said that ‘free returns’ is 
the most important factor when 
returning orders. However, there is 
a commercial disparity between 
consumer expectation and the 
cost to the retailer of providing 
a multi-channel reverse logistics 
solution. Indeed, fashion retailer 
Next has been the first high  
profile player to break ranks by 
introducing a charge for returns, 
with a charge for £1 per collection 
returned through certain channels. 
It remains to be seen whether other 
retailers will follow suit. 

Cost management
 − There are obvious costs to the retailer 
of physically getting returned goods 
back into a saleable condition, but 
there are other financial considerations 
too. Improved reverse supply chain 
efficiency reduces the amount of 
working capital tied up and protects 
against margin dilution for the retailer, 
particularly when returned Black 
Friday stock can be back on sale at 
full price ready for the Christmas peak. 

Developing market trends
We expect consumers’ desire  
for immediacy, flexibility and a 
personalised service to pervade. 
We expect that those retailers who 
best address these demands will  
stay ahead of the competition. 

In terms of immediacy, shortening 
e-commerce delivery times will 
continue its trajectory along the path 
from 3–5 days to next day, and from 
next day to same day. Clipper has 
market-leading experience and 
credentials in this area and already has 
the infrastructure in place to deal with 
many of the additional opportunities  
this will bring over the coming years. We 
are working with existing and potential 
customers and suppliers to develop 
further solutions in this area. 

In terms of flexibility, 70% of consumers 
want retailers to provide more flexible 
fulfilment options (source: OnePoll) 
yet only 4% of retailers are currently 
able to offer changes in the delivery 
requirements at any time after the 
customer has placed an order (source: 
Retail Week Connect). We foresee 
retailers, alongside Clipper and 
Clicklink, working to close this 
expectation gap.

Whilst the retailers have worked to 
make the customer experience more 
personal to the customer over recent 
years, we expect to see continued 
development here. This involves a 
retailer bringing together all of its 
knowledge about a customer from 
various sources and using this to 
delight the customer, whatever 
the channel. An example of this 
is combining customer conversation 
data gleaned in store with order and 
browsing history from online accounts, 
allowing store and call centre staff to 
offer a more personalised service.

We expect retailers and logistics 
providers to continue to innovate in the 
supply chain, further embracing the  
use of virtual reality, augmented reality, 
AI (Artificial Intelligence) and machine 
learning to harness opportunities. 
Such opportunities include customer 
visualisations, range optimisations, 
intelligent demand forecasting and 
dynamic pricing. As a retail solutions 
provider, we expect Clipper to reach 
further into these areas and the lines 
between what is a retailer activity and 
what is a Clipper activity to become 
increasingly blurred.

 Clipper Logistics plc Strategic ReportAnother example of this blurring where 
we see opportunity is in ‘picking from 
the returns flow’. Here, Clicklink and 
Boomerang work hand-in-hand to 
enable picking from the returns flow. 
Clipper’s systems integrate seamlessly 
with those of the retailer to enable 
returns of any fast-moving SKUs to be 
picked from the returns cycle and 
quickly redeployed back to stores. 
Such stocks are returned through  
the Clicklink return leg, the return is 
checked and the refund allocated  
to the consumer through Boomerang, 
and the goods are identified, allocated, 
and redeployed back to stores and 
consolidated with other stock on the 
Clicklink outbound leg. This process 
reduces the number of logistics steps 
needed to get these goods back on 
the shelf by:

 − removing the need to first get the 
goods back into the primary stock 
system before they can be allocated 
and re-picked; and

 − removing the need for an additional 
delivery run into store; it just piggy-
backs on an existing Clicklink journey.

This saves time and cost in the reverse 
logistics cycle and means Clipper can 
help retailers’ inventory ‘work harder’.

Shortly after our year end, the much-
publicised General Data Protection 
Regulation (“GDPR”) legislation came 
into law. Whilst Clipper and its subsidiaries 
are not immune to the compliance 
burden brought about by this legislation, 
the increased importance on data 
wiping of internet-enabled household 
appliances presents new business 
opportunities for Technical Services.

Table 1

New commercial vehicle registrations

Light commercial vehicles up to 3.5t
Rigid
Articulated

Source: SMMT

Table 2

Commercial vehicles on UK roads

Vans
Trucks

Source: SMMT

Commercial vehicles
26% of Group revenue is derived from 
the UK commercial vehicles market.

Clipper’s commercial vehicles 
business sells and maintains Iveco 
and Fiat vehicles, principally in certain 
geographical territories in the UK under 
the terms of its dealership licences.

Clipper derives the majority of its 
commercial vehicles revenues from 
new and used vehicle sales.

Whilst market size figures are not readily 
available for the specific geographical 
markets in which we operate, UK-wide 
new registration figures are readily 
available, and these provide a useful 
indicator of market growth and 
contraction. The market sectors in 
which the commercial vehicles division 
operates experienced registrations 
contraction of 3.5% in the calendar 
year 2017 compared with the prior  
year, as shown in Table 1 below.

Since all tractor units sold by Northern 
Commercials come with a two year 
repair and maintenance contract as 
standard, new vehicle registrations also 
provide a degree of certainty over 
future aftersales revenue.

In terms of other aftersales activity, 
again market data is not readily 
available. However, Table 2, below, 
shows that the number of commercial 
vehicles on UK roads has changed over 
the most recent two calendar years. 
Since most commercial vehicles on UK 
roads are required to be inspected 
every six weeks under UK law, 
commercial vehicle activity on the 
roads provides a useful proxy for the 
relative size of the aftersales market 
in the UK.

Other markets
Other EU logistics
Omni-channel retail solutions are just  
as important in mainland Europe as they 
are in the UK, as retailers look to ensure 
global consistency of service across 
their brand. By way of illustration, 
Clipper’s ASOS returns centre in Pozna´n 
performs exactly the same function 
and to the same exacting standard 
demanded of Clipper’s ASOS returns 
centre in the UK. 

That said, we continue to remain 
cognisant of the differences in 
consumer preferences and behaviour 
across geographical markets:

 − In Germany, click and collect usage 
was only 28% (source: JDA/Centiro) 
compared with 54% in the UK, 
possibly owing to the more dispersed 
geographical spread of consumers 
in Germany than in the UK, and 
therefore greater average distances 
between retail outlets and the 
consumer, making click and collect 
less convenient to consumers.
 − Consumers value a slick returns 
process even more importantly  
in Germany; 77% of German 
consumers choose a retailer  
based on the returns experience 
compared with only 70% for Europe 
as a whole (source: JDA/Centiro).
 − Differences such as these present 
logistical challenges to retailers  
and highlight that it is important  
that solutions providers such as 
Clipper do not adopt a ‘one size fits 
all’ mentality, but instead design 
solutions which address the specific 
needs of the retailer, the consumer 
and the market.

2017

% change

2016

375,687
26,882
19,346

362,149
25,535
19,510

421,915

407,194

–3.6%
–5.0%
+0.8%

–3.5%

2016

2017

% change

4,007,331
581,645

4,299,828
602,799

4,588,976

4,902,627

+7.3%
+3.6%

+6.8%

15

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Clipper Logistics plc Company Financial StatementsGroup Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Our Business Model
Clipper delivers a broad range of value‑added 
logistics services tailored to the emerging and 
future needs of our customers.

Key inputs

How we create value

Clipper has a strong brand, long-
standing customer relationships and 
an experienced team, which combine 
to deliver thought leadership and 
innovation in the logistics sector.

Clipper’s focus on the provision of 
value-added services to retailers at 
a competitive cost has resulted in a 
number of long-standing contractual 
arrangements with major retailers such 
as Asda, ASOS, John Lewis, Morrisons 
and Superdry.

We work in trusted partnership with 
our customers to develop and rapidly 
deploy solutions to the challenges 
they face. Our team is focused on 
addressing tomorrow’s challenges 
today and embraces new technology.

Clipper provides 
customers with services. 
We operate open book 
contract terms for 64%  
of our customers, giving  
us a high level of 
contractual certainty.

We also operate closed book contracts 
for customers, many of whom we have 
worked with for several years.

In order to ensure long-term customer 
relationships, we continually draw on 
our team’s expertise to drive innovation 
in our operations. This enables us to retain 
our market-leading cost competitive 
position and continue to strengthen 
our brand.

The Clipper Way...

…is how we approach all customer briefs. It translates instinct into action  
and brings clarity and consistency to the way we work. It’s a straightforward, 
insightful and effective approach, and our people are recognised and 
rewarded for their ability to apply and demonstrate ‘The Clipper Way’  
in every area of our operation.

1

2

3

4

We seek to efficiently use funds 
obtained through financing or 
generated from operations or 
investments. A high degree of 
contractual certainty underpins 
financial predictability and stability.

Opportunity
How can  
we help?

Exploration
We analyse and 
identify your  
business challenges

Solution  
planning
We design a  
high quality, 
cost-effective solution 
for your needs

Implementation
We create and 
implement  
a bespoke  
logistics solution

16

 Clipper Logistics plc Strategic ReportHow we create value

Our business model in action: Amazon Germany

What we did
During the financial year, we have 
taken the electrical goods returns 
operation we successfully run for 
Amazon in the UK and used it as  
a blueprint for a similar model for  
the same customer in Germany.  
The contract was awarded by the  
customer in February with a lead  
time to going live of only four weeks. 

Clipper has developed specialist 
services (e.g. pre-retailing services and 
reprocessing of garments) to support 
our customers in their ever-complex 
supply chains and to ensure that 
product is ready for sale in the most 
efficient and cost-effective manner.

In addition, our commercial vehicles 
division is robustly profitable and cash 
generative – its profitability driven by 
higher margin aftersales activity, which 
is underpinned by legal requirements 
governing the inspection of 
commercial vehicles.

As the challenges of the retail 
landscape change to become more 
omni-channel focused, developing 
innovative solutions such as Clicklink 
and Boomerang to support our 
customers has led to Clipper retaining 
customers on a long-term basis as well 
as winning new business every year.

Whilst Northern Commercials is not 
heavily dependent on the logistics 
division of the Group, it provides Clipper 
with flexibility over fleet procurement, 
and margins on servicing activity are 
retained within the Group.

Improve

–  Business performance improvement  

and implementation

– Win/win analysis

Revise

– Identify actions
– Process improvements
– Reporting and analysis

Review

–  Daily/monthly/annually

What makes us different

Clipper is not a generalist 3PL; we are 
a retail solutions provider and we are 
a thought leader in the retail space.

Clipper understands the need for 
agility and can support customers 
in implementing rapid change and 
start-up operations. Unlike many 
of our competitors, our customer 
portfolio comprises both large 
omni-channel operations as well as 
shared-user sites with smaller retailers. 
We pride ourselves on being able to 
operate across the entire retail sector, 
bringing world-class solutions to large 
and small retailers alike.

We do not believe that ‘one size fits 
all’. Clipper retains its entrepreneurial 
flair and we work with customers to 
find innovative and fit-for-purpose 
solutions that help them stay one 
step ahead of the market, as illustrated 
by our joint venture with John Lewis. 
Our people, our breadth of experience 
in retail and our approach to innovation 
all mean that we are a new breed of 
logistics company, bringing true 
differentiation to our customers.

The results
Space in our existing Kempen facility 
was vacated and prepared, a local 
team was recruited and the first stock 
was receipted within four weeks, with 
the first repairs successfully processed 
and returned to Amazon two weeks 
later. Close collaboration between 
UK Technical Services and Clipper 
Germany was pivotal, delighting the 
customer with the speed at which we 
were able to implement the solution.

How the value  
is shared

Shareholders 
High growth market sectors, an 
attractive business model and a  
clear growth strategy combine to  
give operating profit growth and  
good cash conversion, resulting in 
dividend distributions of circa 60%.

Employees 
Over 4,700 employees have access 
to attractive career progression in a 
market-leading logistics business. The 
Sharesave Plan enables employees  
to share in the financial success of 
the business.

Customers 
Blue-chip customers in logistics and 
commercial vehicles can rely on 
Clipper’s established reputation 
and high levels of service, particularly 
when they need it most through peak 
trading periods.

Suppliers 
Clipper benefits from its relationships, 
built over many years, with large and 
small trusted partners and suppliers. 
Clipper’s diverse supply base de-risks 
Clipper and its customers from 
fluctuations in market conditions.

Communities 
Clipper’s Corporate Social Responsibility 
agenda benefits local communities by 
providing employment opportunities, 
reinvesting in the local communities 
through sponsorship and developing 
green initiatives.

17

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Clipper Logistics plc Company Financial StatementsGroup Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Our Strategy
In order to generate and preserve long‑term  
value for shareholders, Clipper has developed  
the four key growth strategies detailed below. 

Build on market‑leading 
customer proposition to 
expand the customer base

How will this be achieved?
Through a continued focus on the provision of  
bespoke, retail-specific logistics solutions, including  
retail store support and high value product logistics,  
but with particular focus on the e-fulfilment & returns 
management services segment of the retail market.

By utilising Clipper’s best-in-class offering and extensive 
implementation expertise to capitalise on the long-term 
structural growth within the online retail market and the 
increasing logistical complexities therein.

By taking advantage of growth opportunities in the retail 
logistics sector, where there is the opportunity to provide 
innovative solutions to customers that are also profitable 
for the Group.

Performance
The full-year benefit was realised from contracts that 
went live during the previous year with British American 
Tobacco (for Vype), Halfords, Inditex, Links of London, 
Kidly, Pretty Green, Secret Sales, SilkFred, Smiffys, Thread 
35 and Westwing.

New contracts went live in the year with M&S returns 
operations, River Island, Edinburgh Woollen Mill and 
Crosswater in the UK; ASOS returns in Poland; and Urban 
Outfitters and Superdry in the Clicklink joint venture. 

New contracts have been secured which will 
commence in the year to 30 April 2019, including 
boohoo.com subsidiary Pretty Little Thing.

Further details of the above contract wins can be 
found in the Operating and Financial Review on pages 
30 to 35.

What’s next?
Clipper has an extensive potential customer pipeline, 
and will continue to work with these prospects to secure 
further new contract wins.

The successful integration of RepairTech and Tesam  
will enable the Group to further enhance its customer 
proposition and expand the customer base.

18

Develop new,  
complementary  
products and services

How will this be achieved?
By continuing to invest in new product and service 
offerings which will be value-enhancing to Clipper’s 
existing and future customer base.

Performance
Clipper’s returns management services brand 
Boomerang saw another successful year with 
approximately 89% of product successfully returned 
to prime stock at first pass.

Clipper has developed its Click and Collect offering in 
collaboration with John Lewis, as well as setting up an 
Ancillary Distribution Centre for John Lewis to provide a 
wider range of services. The full year contribution of the 
Ancillary Distribution Centre project has been reached  
in the year ended 30 April 2018.

Clipper has commenced work on mechanisation  
and semi-automation projects to further enhance our 
service offering. The full benefit of these will be seen in 
the coming years.

Further details of the above projects can be found in  
the Operating and Financial Review on pages 30 to 35.

What’s next?
Clipper will focus on the successful implementation of its 
mechanisation/semi-automation and Click and Collect 
projects, and on expanding these services to a wider 
customer base (both existing and new customers).

Clipper will continue to innovate and develop solutions 
for the problems that retailers face in the ever-changing 
retail environment.

 Clipper Logistics plc Strategic ReportContinue European  
expansion

How will this be achieved?
Through development of Clipper’s operations in 
Germany and Poland, which consist primarily of  
retail logistics and transport solutions.

By utilising its existing expertise in e-fulfilment in the  
more developed UK online retail market, to assist both 
mainland European retailers to move online, and UK 
retailers to expand into Europe – the latter further 
underpinned by Clipper’s strong customer relationships 
and reputation with UK retailers (both pure-play e-tailers 
and multi-channel high street retailers).

Through considering other European locations for 
potential opportunities.

Performance
The Group continued to benefit from operations in 
Europe under the Boomerang brand.

The full year benefit was realised from contracts that 
went live in the previous year with ASOS and Westwing  
in Pozna´n, Poland.

Explore acquisition  
opportunities

How will this be achieved?
By considering further acquisitions which are considered 
value-enhancing to the Group’s client base, market 
penetration and/or service lines and where the Group 
can use its existing expertise, implementation and 
delivery platform, scale and reach to generate synergies 
and increase profitability.

Technical Services activities have also commenced  
in Kempen, Germany, leveraging existing customers  
with additional service lines. 

By considering bolt-on acquisitions which provide a 
platform for it to take its core technical expertise into 
new, adjacent markets.

Further details of the above contract wins can be  
found in the Operating and Financial Review on  
pages 30 to 35.

What’s next?
In the medium term, Clipper will continue to seek 
opportunities with new and existing customers to  
provide services in Germany, Poland and Ireland,  
and will consider other strategic mainland European 
locations for potential expansion.

Performance
During the year, Clipper acquired Tesam in May 2017 
and RepairTech in June 2017. These have been 
successfully integrated into the Group and have been 
immediately earnings-enhancing. These acquisitions, 
coupled with our planned investment in additional 
capacity, will provide further headroom for the delivery 
of our strong business pipeline.

What’s next?
Clipper will continue to explore acquisition opportunities 
that enhance shareholder value.

19

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Clipper Logistics plc Company Financial StatementsGroup Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Risk Management
The Group has a formal risk identification and 
management process. This ensures that risks  
are properly identified, prioritised, evaluated and 
mitigated, in order that the Group can achieve its 
strategic objectives and enjoy long‑term success.

Risk management process
The Board is ultimately responsible for 
managing risk across the Group. The 
Board delegates responsibility for the 
regular review of the Group’s risk 
management system to the Audit 
Committee and Senior Management 
Team (“SMT”). Risks are formally 
reviewed regularly and risk registers are 
updated throughout the year. The SMT 
has carried out a robust and detailed 
assessment of the principal risks facing 
the Group.

Principal risks are identified through an 
evaluation of likelihood of occurrence 
and potential impact. The SMT reviews 
specific strategic, operational, financial 
and compliance risks in regular SMT 
meetings, contract and project reviews 
and other key executive management 
meetings to enable the SMT and the 
Board to ensure that the Group’s 
systems are properly aligned with 
strategic objectives.

The Group adopts the following process:

1

2

Identify risk 
Identify key risks by category 
(including changes since 
the last review)

Rate risk 
Rate each risk  
(by evaluating and assigning 
a score to each risk)

5

Review, monitor 
and report risk 
management process 
Review and monitor risk 
management process, 
and report to Board 
and Audit Committee

3

Identify risk mitigation 
Identify mitigating actions 
required for each risk

4

Execute risk mitigation 
Execute agreed  
risk mitigation and  
process improvements

20

 Clipper Logistics plc Strategic ReportPrincipal Risks and Uncertainties

The Group has identified the following key risks through its risk management process:

Risk

Mitigation

Reputation
Clipper’s potential to win new business  
is influenced by its reputation for successfully 
implementing major customer projects. 
Reputational damage from failed or delayed  
project implementations may have an adverse 
impact on Clipper’s ability to win new business, 
and thus limit the Group’s long-term growth  
and success.

Clipper has developed effective project management and 
governance techniques and works closely with customers,  
using highly trained and experienced staff, to ensure successful 
project delivery.

All projects are reviewed and evaluated on a weekly basis by the 
relevant SMT members.

Independent brand health reviews are undertaken regularly to 
monitor customer perception of, and satisfaction with, Clipper.

People
Failure to recruit, develop and retain key  
staff may prevent the Group from delivering  
its objectives. 

The Group offers comprehensive training and experiential learning 
which includes development, customer relationship and leadership 
training. The Group keeps in close contact with employees and has 
a flat management structure.

i

c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

The Group ensures that it has competitive terms and conditions  
with reward schemes which drive and reward performance and  
can respond flexibly to the needs of employees. Exit interviews are 
conducted to ensure that learnings from key staff departures can  
be incorporated into the future retention strategy.

Risk

Mitigation

l

a
n
o
i
t

a
r
e
p
O

Loss of operational delivery
The Group may not operate/be able to  
operate efficiently, thereby harming the Group’s 
relationships with customers. Such a situation 
could result, for example, from a loss of focus 
during periods of major project activity or due  
to the loss of operator licences which are 
required to run our transport operations.

Health and safety
Our activities are conducted in a variety of 
operating environments. A failure to monitor or 
manage health and safety risks appropriately 
can not only lead to an unsafe working 
environment for our people and others who 
interact with us, but may cause significant 
reputational damage and legal liabilities.

Employees
We rely heavily on agency labour, particularly  
in peak activity periods. Uncertainties around 
the free movement of labour ahead of Britain’s 
exit from the European Union could severely 
compromise the provision of resource available 
to UK logistics. Additionally, competition for 
labour in the vicinity of our depots can increase 
the demands on the local labour pool, reducing 
the availability of labour and pushing up the cost.

Failure to maintain and enhance  
customer relationships
Failure to maintain and enhance customer 
relationships or more attractive propositions 
from our competitors may lead to the non-
renewal of contracts, and/or may prevent  
the Group from winning new work with  
existing customers.

Dedicated start-up and project teams are used in order to minimise 
disruption to the operation during periods of major project activity. 
Contractual KPIs are reviewed regularly to ensure operational  
effectiveness at all times.

We ensure compliance with operator licence requirements through 
our standard operating procedures and driver policies. These include: 
periodic driver CPC (certificate of professional competence)  
training, tachometer audits, random drug testing and regular 
 internal transport audits.

The Group has a dedicated team of health and safety professionals 
who maintain, audit and review detailed health and safety procedures 
and processes. The team advises the Board and SMT. It also provides 
leadership and training to encourage a culture which values the early 
identification of situations that could lead to accidents.

Clipper and its customers are investing in automation to reduce 
reliance on manual labour. In order to maximise the labour pool, 
Clipper encourages local links with schools, colleges and 
communities, has family friendly policies and is supporting  
industry-led initiatives to encourage wider interest in logistics.

Clipper constantly benchmarks wages and benefits against other  
employers in the local area to ensure remuneration packages remain 
competitive. Wherever practical, we try to open new sites in areas  
of lower employment.

Any exposure to increased costs is largely mitigated by open book  
contract mechanisms.

The Group holds formal monthly reviews with key customers as well  
as maintaining frequent close informal contact with customers and 
potential customers. This enables corrective action to be taken quickly 
in response to customer feedback and ensures that we remain in 
touch with what our competitors are doing. In addition, regular brand 
health reviews are carried out which give customers the opportunity  
to comment anonymously on any aspect of the customer/company 
relationship and service delivery, and how we compare to our 
competitors. The Group can then take corrective action, if required.

Members of the SMT attend and speak at industry events and 
contribute to various industry publications to ensure we continue 
to be perceived as a thought leader to the retail market.

21

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Clipper Logistics plc Company Financial StatementsGroup Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Principal Risks and Uncertainties continued

Risk

Mitigation

Loss of an operational  
site through disaster
Loss of an operational site as a result  
of fire, flood or other disaster would have 
the potential to seriously disrupt operations. 

Regular safety audits and inspections seek to limit this risk. 
Where appropriate, remedial action is taken.

In the event of a serious incident, each site has a business 
continuity plan which would come into immediate operation.

Failure of IT system or infrastructure
Any significant failure, inefficiency or breakdown 
of our IT systems or infrastructure would seriously 
impair our ability to deliver operationally and 
would put contract renewals at risk. 

Poor cost control on contracts
Inability to control costs on:

 − closed book contracts adversely impacts  

our profitability; and

 − open book contracts adversely affects  

our reputation with customers

Financial resilience of customers
Difficult UK retail market conditions in 2018 have 
seen more retailers in financial distress. As well 
as the increased bad debt risk this brings to 
Clipper, there is also an increased risk of Clipper 
being burdened with onerous vehicle and 
property leases.

Business continuity and disaster recovery plans are kept under  
review at all locations and our IT infrastructure is subject to ongoing 
review with regular testing of systems, including penetration testing. The 
Group maintains an extensive IT team, supported, where appropriate, 
by external expertise. Particular focus is given to recovery processes 
and procedures, infrastructure resilience, innovation and security. We 
implemented a new accounting system and a new HR/payroll/time 
and attendance system in the current year, readying the business for  
its next stage of growth and replacing previous systems.

Weekly and monthly management accounts allow Clipper to quickly 
identify areas where costs may be trending out of control. Ahead of 
submission, tenders are reviewed by senior members of the operational 
and finance teams to ensure that targeted productivities and costs can 
be achieved. Post-implementation reviews and knowledge sharing 
across sites ensures that we learn from any mistakes.

Clipper benefits from a right of lien over its customers’ inventory under 
common law, largely mitigating Clipper from any bad debt risk.

Clipper has historically been able to fill vacant warehouse space 
quickly. As such, Clipper’s exposure to onerous space costs in any 
period following a customer default is limited.

Clipper’s commercial vehicles division means Clipper has a ready-
made route to market for vehicle disposals, meaning that any onerous 
leases can be largely mitigated in the event of customer default.

Risk

Mitigation

d
e
u
n
i
t
n
o
c

l

a
n
o
i
t

a
r
e
p
O

Legal and regulatory
The Group operates in an increasingly regulated 
market. As the Group continues its expansion 
(particularly in Europe), exposure to regulatory  
and legal risk will increase. 

The introduction into law of GDPR on 25 May 
2018 brings additional compliance risks for  
the Group.

e
c
n
a

i
l

p
m
o
c
d
n
a

l

i

a
c
n
a
n

i
f

,
l

a
g
e
L

Government policy
The introduction of the National Living Wage 
(“NLW”) in the UK increases the costs of labour 
annually. Failure to recover these cost increases 
could adversely affect the profitability of  
the Group.

22

The Group utilises internal and external experts where appropriate, 
supported by its Group General Counsel, to set policy and monitor  
its application.

Data control is a major area of client and regulatory focus. The 
Group’s IT management systems and processes are designed to 
ensure controls over system access and data flow movements are 
carefully monitored. The Group undertakes appropriate staff training to 
ensure legal compliance. Operational sites are audited on a frequent, 
cyclical basis to test for instances of non-compliance. System penetration 
testing is undertaken by the Group to check the resilience of its IT systems. 
A GDPR Steering Committee was created to ensure all parts of the 
Group are GDPR compliant.

External specialist advice is sought to ensure technical compliance 
with financial, taxation, listing and other technical legislation.

Individuals responsible for compliance are identified and are 
specifically recruited with recognised qualifications.

Contracts are updated to reflect the new compliance regime and 
appropriate limitations of liability to customers negotiated where possible.

The Group’s greatest exposure to the UK NLW is in UK logistics  
where we attract a higher proportion of workers at or near the  
current NLW level. 

In UK logistics, 64% of activity (by revenue) is on an open book basis, 
meaning such upward cost pricing pressures are passed straight through 
to the customer. Many of our closed book and minimum volume 
guarantee customer contracts include price escalators for regulatory 
changes and so these costs can also be passed onto customers.

 Clipper Logistics plc Strategic Report 
 
 
 
d
e
u
n
i
t
n
o
c
e
c
n
a

i
l

p
m
o
c
d
n
a

l

i

a
c
n
a
n

i
f

,
l

a
g
e
L

Risk

Mitigation

Financial liquidity
Inadequate cash resources could leave 
the Group unable to fund its growth plans, 
thus affecting future financial performance.

Insurance risk
Certain risks may be uninsured or underinsured, 
whether arising from unforeseen gaps in 
insurance coverage or from conscious decisions 
to self-insure. Under-insurance could leave the 
Group with significant financial exposure.

Employment liabilities
Significant employment liabilities may be 
inherited on acquisition of new businesses or 
from poorly-executed Transfer of Undertakings 
(Protection of Employment) Regulations 2006 
(“TUPE”) processes.

The Group continually assesses its funding requirements in the 
context of its existing operations and growth plans. In the year ended 
30 April 2018, the Group entered into increased facilities with its bank 
to ensure that expected future growth plans can be funded within 
these increased facilities.

The Group will continue to undertake reviews of funding requirements 
as its growth plans evolve.

A detailed review of insurance coverage and gaps is undertaken at 
least once annually with expert guidance provided by our insurance 
broker. Members of the SMT responsible for insurance remain in regular 
contact with the insurance broker and regularly attend insurance 
training courses and seminars. Known gaps in insurance coverage are 
regularly presented and discussed at subsidiary board and Group 
Board levels, and additional insurance cover is purchased  
where appropriate.

All senior human resources staff are recruited with relevant experience 
and receive an appropriate level of training on TUPE matters. Each 
TUPE project is given an internal project lead and project updates are 
regularly provided to the SMT. External legal advice is sought and 
expert interim staff are resourced where necessary.

Our acquisition due diligence always includes an element of human 
resources due diligence, whether conducted by external advisors or  
by internal staff with an appropriate level of expertise. Acquisition 
agreements include seller indemnities for such liabilities. 

Fraud risk
Major fraud, including the risks posed from 
organised crime, may result in significant 
financial loss.

Our accounting procedures manual includes several layers of 
checking and control for new customers and suppliers and changes 
to suppliers’ bank details, including combinations of oral and written 
confirmations from known contacts.

Formal whistleblowing and anti-bribery policies are in place.

Viability Statement

In accordance with provision  
C.2.2 of the 2016 revision of the UK 
Corporate Governance Code (the 
“Code”), the Directors have assessed 
the prospect of the Company and 
the Group over a longer period than 
the 12 months required by the ‘Going 
Concern’ principle.

Whilst the Board has no reason to 
believe the Group will not be viable 
over a longer period, the period 
over which the Board considers it 
appropriate to form a reasonable 
expectation as to the Group’s 
longer-term viability is the three year 
period to 30 April 2021. This period 
reflects the period used for the 
Group’s business plans and the 
typical length of a customer contract, 
and has been selected because it 
gives management and the Board 
sufficient, realistic visibility on the 
future in the context of the industry 

and market environment. The Board 
has considered whether it is aware of 
any specific relevant factors beyond 
the three year horizon and confirmed 
that there are none.

The Board’s assessment has been 
made with reference to the resilience 
of the Group and its historical ability 
to deliver strong operational cash 
flows, the Group’s robust balance 
sheet, the Group’s current strategy, 
the Board’s attitude to risk, and the 
principal risks documented in the 
Strategic Report. The starting point  
for the Board’s review was the annual 
strategic planning process, which 
results in business plans for the next 
three financial years. These plans 
are subjected to risk and sensitivity 
analysis. The assessment considers 
the potential impacts these risks 
would have under severe but 
plausible scenarios on the Group’s 

business model, the Group’s solvency 
and liquidity, compliance with 
covenants, likely availability to the 
business of future bank facilities 
and other key financial ratios. The 
Board considers that the Group’s 
broad spread of customers across 
independent market sectors, the 
majority of which are underpinned by 
long-term agreements with minimum 
volume guarantees or open book 
terms, acts significantly to mitigate 
the impact any of these risks might 
have on the Group.

Based on this assessment, the 
Directors confirm that they have  
a reasonable expectation that the 
Company and the Group will be 
able to continue in operation and 
meet all their liabilities as they fall 
due up to 30 April 2021.

23

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Clipper Logistics plc Company Financial StatementsGroup Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
 
 
 
 
Our People
The recruitment, retention and 
development of people are 
fundamental to the ongoing success 
and growth strategy of the Group. 

Our recruitment strategy aims to ensure we  
can support Clipper’s growth plans through 
hiring the best people for our business, first  
time, every time.

We will achieve this through four main avenues:

People – improving and increasing the channels by 
which potential candidates have access to Clipper.

Process – implementing uniform and transparent 
processes across the business to ensure we are all 
aligned and working together toward a common goal.

Systems – investing in and implementing new 
technology to facilitate our ability to achieve our 
recruitment goals.

Collaboration – internal recruitment is a new 
concept for Clipper. Working together, feedback 
and communication is key to its success!

We have a vision to be 
the UK’s leading retail 
logistics specialist. 

Tony Mannix
Chief Executive Officer

24

 Clipper Logistics plc Strategic Report>4,700 

Number of employees 

46

Number of locations 

Our Human Resources 
agenda continues to 
develop in line with the 
needs of the business 
and we have a well‑
defined people strategy 
that ensures we remain 
properly resourced in 
all areas, whilst seeking 
to develop talent  
and enrich career 
opportunities. 

25

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Clipper Logistics plc Company Financial StatementsGroup Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Our People continued

Clipper directly employs over 4,700 
people across Europe. We have 
comprehensive HR policies in place  
to protect and promote employee 
welfare and we are committed to 
supporting all human rights in our 
business operations as well as in our 
relationships with our customers, 
suppliers and other stakeholders.

Our approach
To underpin our HR strategy, we have 
developed a comprehensive Group-
wide competency framework, which 
defines, at all levels from apprentices  
up to Board level, expected levels of 
behaviour and outputs. This framework 
brings to life our values – Agility, Ability  
and Credibility – and provides the 
road-map for everyone to succeed  
in our organisation. Our recruitment, 
learning and development, succession 
planning and retention strategies are all 
built around the competency framework.

Employee engagement
Reward and recognition are 
fundamental to Clipper. Our reward 
strategy ensures that everyone is 
properly remunerated for the role  
they undertake and we proactively 
benchmark our terms and conditions 
across the wider logistics industry 
sector. All employees with six months’ 
service or more are invited to 
participate in each iteration of the 
Sharesave Plan (see page 94).

People development
Major components of our HR strategy  
are learning and development. 
Underpinning our competency 
framework is a whole suite of people 
development programmes, from 
technical training through to 
management and senior executive 
development. In addition to 
comprehensive technical training, 
we have a full range of NVQ training, 
supported by the Apprenticeship 
programme. For middle management, 
our Emerging Leaders programme is an 
18 month programme which engages 
people in a wide range of people 
management strategies, all aligned 
to the workplace. Similarly, our 
Agile Leaders programme for senior 
managers is designed to develop the 
talents and capabilities of people 
as leaders for the future. All of this 
underpins our succession planning.

Team Clipper
To provide focus and drive a ‘one-
team’ dynamic, the Team Clipper 
cultural programme has been 
developed aimed at driving 
performance and creating an  
internal branding and dialogue  
that enable everyone at all levels  
to understand their contribution to  
the success of the business. This 
initiative is supported by a number  
of cultural programmes, performance 
development reviews, the competency 
framework and a whole suite of 
programmes designed to augment 
continuous improvement, 
communication and engagement.

Open and regular communication 
across the Group remains high on the  
HR agenda as we continue to seek  
new and innovative ways of ensuring 
everyone remains up to date with  
what is happening. Increasingly, 
technology is playing a greater part  
in our communication strategy and,  
in 2018, we are launching a brand new 
Group-wide intranet. The use of social 
media is becoming ever-more popular 
and is used both internally and externally.

Loyalty of service is a cornerstone  
of our people strategy and we have  
a well-defined award policy that 
recognises those who have given long 
and loyal service to our organisation.

We encourage team working by 
involving employees in work based 
project teams, open days and inter-site 
competitions, as well as organised 
themed events on special occasions.

Fresh Start programme
Clipper remains committed to the 
equality of employment for everyone 
and recruits, develops, promotes and 
supports people regardless of their 
characteristics. To further enhance this 
commitment, over the past six months, 
we have launched our Fresh Start 
programme, which brings together 
a number of charity partners who 
represent different minority groups – 
Mencap, Remploy, Scope and Tempus 
Novo to name but a few. Over the 
next 12 months, Fresh Start is being 
rolled out across all of our sites with 
the aim of providing work and career 
opportunities for those who may 
otherwise have challenges entering 
the job market. This not only underpins 
our commitment to corporate social 
responsibility but also gives us greater 
recruitment opportunities.

26

 Clipper Logistics plc Strategic ReportDriver training
With our ever-growing vehicle  
fleet, the continuous development  
and improvement of driver skills is 
paramount. Our dedicated team 
of driver trainers ensures that every 
one of our drivers is fully trained and 
undertakes regular professional driver 
update training. Our dedicated driver 
training simulator has significantly 
enhanced driver performance 
and we continue to develop driver 
competence through both classroom 
based and on-road learning.

Schools and universities
We actively promote both Clipper and 
the logistics sector in schools, colleges 
and universities and are working with 
the education bodies to ensure the 
sector is represented on the curriculum. 

Gender breakdown as at 30 April 2018

Board

Other senior management* 

All employees

national origins, sexual orientation or 
gender, marital status, disability, religion 
or belief, or on the grounds of age. 
These principles are included in our  
staff handbook, induction training and 
management programme and their 
impact is reflected in our truly diverse 
workforce. We have comprehensive 
policies which embrace the challenges 
of modern-day living and support work/
life balance. We are happy to consider 
requests for flexible working and, 
wherever possible, will agree shift 
patterns which facilitate a balance 
between work and family life.

Our Graduate Training programme 
continues to go from strength to 
strength and, once again, this year we 
have recruited a number of graduates  
in various disciplines. We are also 
working in partnership with Sheffield 
Hallam University to develop a bespoke 
management degree tailored to the 
specific needs of our organisation, 
which forms part of our Management 
Apprenticeship programme.

Equal opportunities
The Group is committed to the fair and 
equal treatment of everyone who works 
with and for us. Supported by training, 
policies and our five point code of 
behaviour, we aim to ensure that no 
employee or worker is discriminated 
against, directly or indirectly, on the 
grounds of colour, race, ethnic and 

Male

Female

Total

Male %

Female %

6

11

0

1

6

12

2,738

2,021

4,759

100

92

58

0

8

42

*  As defined by the Companies Act 2006, this category includes all employees responsible for planning, directing or controlling the activities of the 

Group, excluding the Company’s Directors.

27

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Clipper Logistics plc Company Financial StatementsGroup Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Sustainability
The Group’s framework of policies 
and guidelines sets clear standards 
to ensure that we conduct our 
business ethically and responsibly.

Greenhouse gas emissions
The Group records energy and fuel use 
for all areas of the business, based on 
invoices received for diesel fuel, gas oil, 
electricity and natural gas. Fuel used 
for business travel in company vehicles 
is also included.

The Group uses the average monthly 
price per litre to convert the diesel fuel, 
heating oil and vehicle fuel costs into 
litres of fuel used.

The table below shows a summary 
of GHG emissions for the Group:

Emissions  
(tCO2e)
Scope 1

Scope 2

Year ended  
30 April  
2018

Year ended  
30 April  
2017

32,070

6,866

27,845

11,161

39,006

Total emissions

38,936

Emissions per 
£m of revenue

97.3

114.7

The kWh figures for gas and electricity 
used, and the figures for litres of each 
fuel type used, are then converted into 
tonnes of CO2 equivalent (“tCO2e”) using 
the relevant DEFRA conversion factors.

Scope 1 (direct) GHG emissions are derived from 
the consumption of gas, oil and vehicle fuel.

Scope 2 (electricity indirect) GHG emissions 
are derived from the consumption of 
purchased electricity.

Carbon dioxide emissions 
‑15.2% 

97.3 tonnes

In the year ended 30 April 2018, Scope 1 
emissions increased from the prior year, 
driven by an increase in the warehouse 
space occupied by the Group (which 
led to higher gas usage), and an 
increase in the transport activities 
within the UK logistics business (which 
increased the amount of diesel fuel 
used). However, total emissions per 
£ million of revenue fell by 15.2% as  
a result of ongoing fuel efficiency 
programmes and increased utilisation  
of space within our warehouses, which 
meant that revenue increased without  
a proportionate increase in emissions. 
Scope 2 emissions have fallen despite 
overall higher kWh usage; the UK 
electricity factor is prone to fluctuate 
from year to year as the fuel mix 
consumed in UK power stations (and 
auto-generators) and the proportion  
of net imported electricity changes.

Under the most recent update, the 
CO2e factor has decreased due to 
a decrease in coal generation and 
an increase mainly in natural gas 
and, to a much lower extent, 
renewable generation.

Operating in a socially responsible 
manner is important to us and our 
stakeholders and is central to our 
values-based culture.

The environment
We are committed to limiting the 
impact that our operations have on the 
environment, and we are doing this by:

 − adhering to relevant legislation and 
regulations, working to respected 
codes of practice, and regularly 
reviewing and improving how 
we work;

 − continuing with our carbon 

management project to reduce 
energy consumption and emissions 
of greenhouse gases (“GHGs”) from 
our warehouses;

 − investigating fuel use, route planning 
and optimum vehicle design, and 
introducing a study of business travel 
to become more efficient and 
minimise emissions;

 − considering the best use of raw 
materials and using recycled/
recyclable products where possible;

 − assessing and reducing water 

usage through efficient technology 
and awareness;

 − continuing to minimise waste 

through compacting and material 
reuse and recycling;

 − promoting environmental awareness 

at all levels of the business and 
encouraging appropriate actions 
by all staff; and

 − liaising with suppliers, customers 
and contractors to improve 
environmental management at  
all levels of the supply chain.

28

 Clipper Logistics plc Strategic ReportWaste recycling
The Group carefully considers which 
raw materials to use and uses recycled/
recyclable products where applicable. 
Waste is sorted into plastics, paper/
cardboard, wood and metal. It is 
recycled, reused or compacted on site.

Our expanding returns operations sort, 
reprocess, repair or recycle our clients’ 
products which are returned from their 
customers. These processes help to 
reduce the amount of goods which 
may otherwise go to landfill.

Commercial
Wherever possible we work with our 
customers to build environmental 
considerations into our recommended 
solutions. This is particularly evident 
with our pioneering retail consolidation 
centres which greatly reduce final mile 
deliveries, congestion and associated 
emissions when delivering to shopping 
centres and congested city centres. 
To further support this initiative, we 
have invested in three electric 
7.5 tonne vehicles.

Telematics 
The vast majority of the commercial 
fleet has telematics fitted. The initial 
reason is road safety; however, when 
drivers drive more conscientiously we 
have seen a 10% reduction in fuel use. 

Longer semi‑trailers
There is a current trial underway  
which utilises longer semi-trailers in  
our trunking operations. These trailers 
are double decked and two metres 
longer than our current trailers. These 
will increase capacity per trailer and 
reduce the amount of trunks that we 
will need, therefore reducing costs  
in the operation and reducing our 
carbon footprint.

Gas‑powered vehicles
There are a number of gas-powered 
trucks on order which produce less 
harmful emissions. 

Corporate Social Responsibility 
(“CSR”) policy
The Group recognises the importance 
of environmental protection and is 
committed to conducting business 
ethically, responsibly and in compliance 
with laws, regulations and codes of 
practice applicable to our business 
activities. The CSR and related policies  
are reviewed and amended where 
appropriate. We actively promote the 
Ethical Trading Initiative Base Code and 
undertake independent auditing of our 
facilities and labour providers. Our Fresh 
Start programme will also ensure that we 
will actively promote the recruitment, 
engagement, development and 
succession of people who may 
otherwise face barriers to entry 
into employment.

Anti‑slavery and human trafficking
We are committed to ensuring that 
there is no slavery or human trafficking  
in our supply chains or in any part of  
our business. Our Anti-Slavery and 
Human Trafficking policy reflects our 
commitment to acting ethically and 
with integrity in all our business 
relationships and to implementing 
and enforcing effective systems and 
controls to ensure slavery and human 
trafficking are not taking place 
anywhere in our supply chains. 

We believe that, in conjunction with the 
rigorous policies implemented by our 
clients and suppliers, we can drive out 
any aspects of human trafficking and 
slavery from our supply chains.

Clipper places paramount importance 
on only working with suppliers who 
treat their obligations regarding 
modern slavery with the importance  
that Clipper does. We will not work 
with any organisation within our supply 
chain that is unable to demonstrate  
a corresponding commitment to this, 
irrespective of whether they are 
required to do so statutorily or 
otherwise. Where possible, we build 
long-standing relationships with our 
customers and major suppliers, making 
clear our expectations of business 
behaviour. All suppliers are notified  
of Clipper's Anti-Slavery and Human 
Trafficking policy and are expected 
to comply with it.

Clipper educates its employees 
regarding the types of factors which 
can indicate whether any worker 
(permanent or temporary) in Clipper’s 
supply chain may be subject to undue 
influence. In doing so, Clipper actively 
encourages employees to report any 
suspicious activity to the Group Human 
Resources Director, acting in his 
capacity as Compliance Manager.

Clipper conducts rigorous checks 
to verify the identity of each worker 
and their right to work in the United 
Kingdom. Clipper audits its agency 
suppliers against legislative compliance, 
including compliance with the Modern 
Slavery Act 2015. It further complies with 
audits conducted by its customers.

The Board believes that driving out 
slavery in any form from its supply chains 
is fundamental to the aims of Clipper.

Communities
As a responsible business, we consider 
ourselves an integral part of the 
communities in which we operate. 
Part of this responsibility sees us, 
where possible, encouraging a 
positive impact and facilitating local 
initiatives in the following ways:

 − We support a range of charities, 

including those that maintain natural 
environments for animals and the 
safety of local habitats.

 − We provide logistical support 
for relief aid programmes to 
vulnerable areas.

 − We support local communities at site 
level through management and staff 
choice e.g. providing kit to a number 
of amateur sports teams.

 − We strive to be neighbourly wherever 

we operate.

 − We recruit from within local areas 

and actively promote the business 
as an employer of choice.
 − We encourage and support 

fundraising by our employees.

 − We will continue to develop our CSR 
and environmental management 
processes to improve and enhance 
these areas of our business activities.

29

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Clipper Logistics plc Company Financial StatementsGroup Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Operating and Financial Review

Overview of Group performance for the year ended 30 April 2018
The Group continued to make good progress in the financial year ended 30 April 2018.

Group revenue
Group revenue increased by 17.6% to £400.1 million, with strong growth in all business areas:

Revenue

E-fulfilment & returns management services
Non e-fulfilment logistics

Total value-added logistics services
Commercial vehicles
Inter-segment sales

Group revenue

Year ended  
30 April  
2018 
£m

Year ended  
30 April  
2017 
£m

159.4
139.1

298.5
103.6
(2.0)

400.1

129.9
121.9

251.8
91.5
(3.2)

340.1

% change

+22.7%
+14.1%

+18.6%
+13.2%

+17.6%

Percentages are calculated on the underlying numbers as presented in the Group Financial Statements, not on the rounded figures in the table above.

Within the value-added logistics 
services segment, the Group 
benefited from:

 − the full-year impact of operations 
commenced during the year  
ended 30 April 2017, including:  
British American Tobacco (for Vype), 
Halfords, Inditex, Links of London, 
Kidly, Pretty Green, Secret Sales, 
SilkFred, Smiffys, Thread 35 and 
Westwing; and significant changes 
to the services provided to John 
Lewis. These are partly offset by the 
full-year impact of the Hobbycraft 
and Ted Baker contracts, which 
ceased during the year ended 
30 April 2017, and incremental 
operational costs resulting from 
growth and start-up on a small 
number of contracts which have 
since been renegotiated to give 
more favourable terms to Clipper 
going forwards;

 − volume growth and extension of 
services on existing contracts, 
including Antler, ASOS returns, Asda, 
Bench, Browns, Haddad, Morrisons, 
Philip Morris, Wilko and Zara in the  
UK, and s.Oliver in Germany, in part 
driven by particularly strong organic 
growth in the e-fulfilment market  
due to the ongoing shift in retail 
trends towards online trading, whilst 
contract packing opportunities in  
the tobacco sector have declined; 
 − the part-year impact of operations 

commenced during the year ended 
30 April 2018, including: Crosswater, 
Edinburgh Woollen Mill, M&S returns 
operations and River Island in the UK; 
ASOS returns in Poland; and Superdry 
and Urban Outfitters in the Clicklink 
joint venture. The impact of these 
activities will not be fully realised  
until the year ending 30 April 2019;  

 − significant growth in the current 

period from the acquisitions of Tesam 
and RepairTech, completed in May 
2017 and June 2017 respectively; and
 − a contribution from property related 
advisory services, an area that will 
continue to deliver returns as the 
Group leverages its growing 
property portfolio.

Revenue growth in commercial 
vehicles was driven by:

 − a £12.5 million (22%) increase in new 
vehicle sales. The number of new 
units sold actually decreased by 11% 
year-on-year, but the average selling 
price for the vehicles increased by 
37% due to the product mix of 
vehicles sold; and

 − a slight (3%) decrease in aftersales 
revenues, comprising servicing,  
body shop and parts sales.

Group EBIT
The Group grew EBIT strongly in all segments and business activities:

EBIT

E-fulfilment & returns management services
Non e-fulfilment logistics
Central logistics overheads

Total value-added logistics services
Commercial vehicles
Head office costs

Group EBIT

Year ended  
30 April  
2018 
£m

Year ended  
30 April  
2017 
£m

11.9
14.8
(5.7)

21.0
2.5
(2.6)

20.9

10.2
12.4
(4.8)

17.8
2.3
(2.2)

17.9

% change

+16.0%
+18.9%

+17.6%
+4.6%

+16.3%

Percentages are calculated on the underlying numbers as presented in the Group Financial Statements, not on the rounded figures in the table above.

30

 Clipper Logistics plc Strategic ReportClipper 
continues to 
outperform 
market growth 
in e‑fulfilment 
and non 
e‑fulfilment.

David Hodkin
Chief Financial Officer

Group revenue

(2017: £340.1m) +17.6%

£ 400.1m

Group EBIT*

(2017: £17.9m) +16.3% 

£20.9m

*  Group EBIT is defined as operating profit, 
including the Group’s share of operating  
profit in equity-accounted investees, 
before amortisation of intangible assets 
arising on consolidation. 

EBIT is the primary Key Performance 
Indicator (“KPI”) by which the 
management team assesses corporate 
performance. EBIT is assessed against 
Board approved budgets. A further  
KPI is net debt, which is discussed 
further below.

EBIT margin (%) is not considered by  
the Directors to be a key metric since 
the high proportion of open book and 
minimum volume guarantee contracts 
within the UK logistics division distorts 
reported margins. This is due to an 
element of management fees on 
certain contracts being relatively fixed 
in the short term, so that an increase  
in revenue in periods of increased 
activity will not necessarily give rise  
to a proportionate increase in profit, 
resulting in lower reported margins. 
Conversely, in periods of reduced 
activity levels, reported margins  
would typically increase. Similarly, 
revenue derived from minimum  
volume guarantee contracts is fixed  
at a minimum level, so that a shortfall  
in activity levels would give rise to  
a lower cost base and a higher 
reported margin. In addition, within  
the commercial vehicles segment,  
the level of high value, relatively low 
margin new vehicle sales also distorts 
reported margins. Accordingly, EBIT is  
a more relevant measure of financial 
performance than EBIT margin (%).

Group EBIT increased by 16.3% to 
£20.9 million for the year ended 
30 April 2018, primarily as a result  
of the revenue drivers mentioned 
above. EBIT grew in all business areas.

A more detailed discussion by 
operating segment is included  
later in this narrative.

Net interest charges
Net interest charges for the year ended 
30 April 2018 increased by 20.8% to  
£2.0 million (2017: £1.6 million), the 
increase being attributable to the 
increased average net debt following 
the two acquisitions earlier in the year.

PBTA
PBTA is defined as profit before income 
tax, before amortisation of intangible 
assets arising on consolidation. Whilst 
not considered a KPI by management, 
this measure is used by market analysts. 
PBTA was £19.1 million for the year 
ended 30 April 2018, an increase of 
17.4% (2017: £16.2 million).

Taxation
The effective rate of taxation of 20.5% 
(2017: 22.3%) is higher than the average 
standard UK rate of corporation tax 
applicable in the year of 19.0% (2017: 
19.9%) principally due to certain 
expenditure incurred which is 

disallowable for tax purposes and the 
higher effective rate of tax to which 
the German and Polish businesses 
are subject. 

Profit after tax
The profit after tax for the year 
ended 30 April 2018 was £14.3 million 
(2017: £12.5 million), an increase of 14.6%. 

Earnings per share
Earnings per share were 14.2 pence 
for the year ended 30 April 2018 
(2017: 12.5 pence). Adjusted to remove 
amortisation of intangible assets arising 
on consolidation, earnings per share 
were 15.2 pence (2017: 12.6 pence).

Current trading and outlook
In the year ending 30 April 2019, 
we expect:

 − revenue to benefit from the full-year 

effects of:
 − the two acquisitions completed in 
the year ended 30 April 2018; and

 − the contracts brought on line in 
the year ended 30 April 2018. 
As noted previously, the Group 
secured a number of significant 
contract wins in the year ended  
30 April 2018.

 − to deliver EBIT growth from 

operations which have either 
recently commenced, including 
those with Pretty Little Thing out of 
our new facility in Sheffield, UK, or 
those Technical Services activities 
which have recently commenced in 
Kempen, Germany, or other known 
new activities which are at various 
other stages of planning (including 
additional volume with Zara) and a 
new contract with Westwing, which 
extends significantly the services 
we are providing for them, although 
this will not commence until late in 
calendar year 2018. The annualised 
impact of these activities will not be 
fully delivered until the year ending 
30 April 2020;

 − growth with existing customers, either 
organically – particularly with those 
in e-commerce – or through new 
service lines for those customers; 
 − growth from conversion of some  
of the opportunities on our new 
business pipeline. There is a strong 
new business pipeline in the Group. 
These opportunities will be converted 
through a focus on retail specialisms 
and provision of cost-effective, 
value-added solutions. Some of these 
new business activities will not reach 
full-year run-rate until the year ending 
30 April 2020 and beyond; and

 − further revenues and EBIT to 
be generated from property 
advisory services.

31

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Clipper Logistics plc Company Financial StatementsGroup Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Operating and Financial Review continued

The organisational structure of the 
Group has recently been revised, 
allowing the Group to proactively 
and reactively scale up its activities as 
necessary. The recent management 
changes have already seen us able  
to cross-fertilise Clipper’s, Servicecare’s 
and Germany’s customers and activities 
and will allow us to generate further 
synergistic opportunities in the future.

The recent acquisitions of Tesam and 
RepairTech have been immediately 
earnings-enhancing. Across the  
two acquisitions, there is significant 
customer overlap with the existing 
Clipper Group portfolio and so the 
Group expects to enhance its 
reputation with these customers, and 
also to leverage existing customers 
with additional service lines.

The commercial vehicles business 
is expected to continue its steady 
growth in profitability in the year 
ending 30 April 2019.

The Board is confident of continued 
progress in the year ending 30 April 
2019. It notes weaker economic 
conditions, particularly in certain parts 
of the retail sector where there are 
widely reported headwinds. However, 
the Group expects to achieve another 
year of positive momentum with overall 
growth in revenues and earnings.

Operating segment and 
business activity overview
Logistics
E-fulfilment & returns  
management services
E-fulfilment & returns management 
services include the receipt, 
warehousing, stock management, 
picking, packing and despatch of 
products on behalf of customers to 
support their online trading activities, 
as well as a range of ancillary support 
services including returns management, 
branded as Boomerang, under which 
returns of products are managed on 
behalf of retailers. This business activity 
also includes:

 − the contribution from Click and 

Collect activities;

 − RepairTech, acquired on 15 June 

2017. RepairTech is now fully 
integrated into the Group and 
has been amalgamated with 
Servicecare into the Technical 
Services division, managed by 
one management team;
 − the returns aspects of Tesam, 
acquired on 24 May 2017; and
 − our recently commenced Polish 

operations for Westwing 
(e-fulfilment) and ASOS (returns).

Clipper’s ability and agility, particularly 
in respect of omni-channel, multi-
channel, returns management, 
Click and Collect and mechanisation 
already mentioned in this Annual 
Report, have enabled the Group 
to significantly grow revenues and 
earnings, and to once again 
outperform market growth (the UK 
e-commerce market grew by 12% 
in the calendar year 2017).

Revenues from e-fulfilment & returns 
management services increased by 
22.7% from £129.9 million for the year 
ended 30 April 2017 to £159.4 million for 
the year ended 30 April 2018, with EBIT 
growing by 16.0% from £10.2 million to 
£11.9 million over the same period. This  
is a particularly pleasing performance 
as two of the principles underpinning 
the Group’s core strategies are to be  
a market leader in e-fulfilment and to 
be a thought leader in the provision of 
value-added services across the sector. 

The financial growth in the year ended 
30 April 2018 in e-fulfilment & returns 
management services has been 
achieved across many service lines 
and with many customers, for a 
number of reasons:

 − operations commenced for new 

customers in the year ended 30 April 
2017 reaching full-year maturity: 
British American Tobacco (for Vype), 
Inditex, Kidly, Secret Sales, SilkFred, 
Smiffys, Thread 35 and Westwing;

 − the full-year impact of new 

operations started in the year ended 
30 April 2017 for existing customers, 
including those ancillary distribution 
activities we started for John Lewis  
in Northampton, UK;

 − organic growth with existing 

customers, including ASOS, Asda, 
Browns, Morrisons (Nutmeg), s.Oliver, 
Wilko and Zara, as we and our 
customers benefit from the 
continued market growth in the 
e-commerce sector;

 − newly commenced activities in 2018, 
including an additional ASOS returns 
facility in Poland, M&S returns, River 
Island, Superdry and Urban Outfitters. 
These recently commenced 
operations are anticipated to reach 
full run-rate in the year ending 
30 April 2019; and

 − those stepped increases in 

e-fulfilment and returns revenues 
as a result of the Tesam and 
RepairTech acquisitions.

32

 Clipper Logistics plc Strategic ReportCommercial vehicles
The commercial vehicles business, 
Northern Commercials (Mirfield) 
Limited, operates Iveco and Fiat 
commercial vehicle dealerships from 
six dealership locations and has three 
sub-dealers. Main dealerships are 
located in Brighouse, Manchester, 
Northampton, Dunstable, Tonbridge 
and Brighton. Thus, the business 
operates across the north of England 
and into Wales, through the midlands, 
and into the south-east.

It sells new and used vehicles, provides 
servicing and repair facilities, and sells 
parts. Vehicles sold and serviced range 
from small light commercial vans 
through to articulated tractor units.

Key customers of Northern Commercials 
include Access Hire Nationwide, Allied 
Bakeries, Clancy Docwra, Dawson 
Rental, Leeds Commercial, Ryder, 
Variety Club (the Children’s Charity) 
and many other household names.

The business is measured by 
manufacturers on certain key 
performance measures throughout 
the year:

 − Through its Product Improvement 

Publications, Iveco notifies dealers 
of certain recall improvements. 
The dealer is then measured on  
the proportion of those recall 
improvements which have been 
actioned as vehicles pass through 
the workshop.

 − The MOT pass rate at Northern 

Commercials’ dedicated Test station 
in Brighouse is 99.4% (target: 98.0%).
 − Dealers are set a target of five days 
per annum for technician training. 
Northern Commercials was fully 
compliant in the year.

The commercial vehicles business 
delivered EBIT of £2.5 million in the year 
ended 30 April 2018 (2017: £2.3 million), 
an increase of 4.6% on the previous year.

Since the year end, a new operation 
has commenced with Pretty Little Thing, 
albeit slightly later than expected, 
another is due to commence with 
Westwing shortly and Zara has 
announced its intention to transfer 
a significant additional activity 
into Clipper.

Non e-fulfilment logistics
Non e-fulfilment logistics operations 
include receipt of inbound product, 
warehousing, picking, packing and 
distribution of products on behalf of 
customers in traditional bricks and 
mortar retail. Within this business activity, 
the Group handles high value products, 
including tobacco, alcohol and 
designer clothing, and also undertakes 
traditional retail support services 
including processing, storage and 
distribution of products, particularly 
fashion, to high street retailers as well  
as property-related advisory services 
linked to optimising the Group’s 
warehousing arrangements. Non 
e-fulfilment aspects of the Tesam 
operation are consolidated into the  
non e-fulfilment business activity from 
the date of acquisition, 24 May 2017.  
The integration of Tesam into Clipper  
has now been completed and it is now 
managed in exactly the same way as 
any other site within the logistics division. 

Revenue from non e-fulfilment operations 
grew by 14.1% for the year ended 30 April 
2018, from £121.9 million to £139.1 million, 
with EBIT increasing by 18.9%, from 
£12.4 million to £14.8 million. This growth 
has been achieved as result of:

 − the full-year effect of the activities 
commenced in the prior year with 
Halfords, Links of London, Pretty 
Green and John Lewis;

 − organic volume growth and 

extensions to service offerings with 
existing customers, including Antler, 
Asda, Haddad, Morrisons and 
Philip Morris;

 − part-year contributions from new 

activities commenced in the current 
year, including Crosswater and 
Edinburgh Woollen Mill. These 
activities will contribute a full year 
of performance to the year ending 
30 April 2019; 

 − disposals of property, plant 

and equipment; 

 − those part-year contributions from 

non e-fulfilment activities at Tesam; 
and 

 − a significant contribution to revenue 

and EBIT from property related 
advisory services, an area that will 
continue to deliver returns as the 
Group leverages its growing 
property portfolio.

The growth has been partly offset by:

 − the full-year impact of the Hobbycraft 

and Ted Baker contracts which 
ceased in the prior year; 

 − organic decline in tobacco contract 

packing revenues; and

 − incremental operational costs 

resulting from growth and start-up  
on a small number of contracts 
which have since been renegotiated 
to give more favourable terms to 
Clipper going forwards.

Already in the year ending 30 April 2019, 
we have secured an extension to our 
contract with Halfords in terms of both 
contract length and the scope of 
activities. We shall be performing these 
new activities from a newly-leased 
warehouse facility in Crick, UK. 

Central logistics overheads
Central logistics overheads include the 
costs of the directors of the logistics 
business, the project delivery and IT 
support teams, sales and marketing, 
accounting and finance, and human 
resources, that cannot be allocated 
in a meaningful way to business units. 

Central logistics overheads grew by 
£0.9 million (17.7%), from £4.8 million  
in the year ended 30 April 2017 to  
£5.7 million in the year ended  
30 April 2018.

We have directed additional strategic 
investment to the logistics overheads 
base in the year ended 30 April 2018, 
particularly in solutions delivery. Also, 
the central logistics overheads have 
risen in the year due to increased  
share based payment charges (see 
below). In the prior year the reporting 
structure within the central logistics 
management team was strengthened, 
preparing the business for future 
growth, and so there is a full-year 
impact of this cost in the current year; 
organisational improvements have 
continued in the current year with the 
streamlining of the Technical Services 
division and the restructuring of the 
Business Solutions team. Whilst some 
incremental investment is likely to be 
required in the logistics overheads  
base as the business continues to grow, 
we do not expect significant stepped 
increases in the overheads base in the 
foreseeable future, and we expect 
those stepped increases in share based 
payment charges experienced in 
recent years to slow as a result of these 
costs having now reached full run-rate 
(see further below).

33

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Clipper Logistics plc Company Financial StatementsGroup Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Operating and Financial Review continued

The business sold 1,786 new vehicles in 
the year ended 30 April 2018, 226 fewer 
than in the prior year (2017: 2,012), and 
358 used vehicles (2017: 393), 35 fewer 
than the prior year. However, due to a 
change in mix of vehicles sold, there 
was a 37% increase in the average 
selling price of new vehicles in the  
year ended 30 April 2018, being £38,799 
compared with £28,225 in the prior 
year. Likewise, the average selling 
price of a used vehicle was £11,497 
compared with £10,794 in the prior year, 
an increase of 7%. Servicing saw a 2% 
increase in revenue from the year 
ended 30 April 2017 to the year ended 
30 April 2018, bodyshop revenues were 
down 3% and parts revenues were 
down 6%.

Head office costs
Head office costs represent the cost 
of the Executive Chairman, Chief 
Financial Officer, Deputy Chief 
Financial Officer, Group General 
Counsel, Non-Executive Directors and 
plc compliance costs, together with 
the costs of the new Group office at 
Central Square, Leeds. 

Head office costs grew by £0.3 million 
(14.4%), from £2.2 million in the year 
ended 30 April 2017 to £2.6 million in the 
year ended 30 April 2018. The year-on-
year increase in head office costs is 
attributable to three main factors: the 
overhead of the new Central Square 
office, share based payment charges 
(see below) and the costs associated 
with the acquisition of the two 
new subsidiaries.

Share based payment charges
Share based payment charges totalling 
£1.2 million (2017: £0.8 million) have 
been charged to central logistics 
overheads, commercial vehicles and 
head office costs (as appropriate) 
in respect of the Sharesave Plan and 
the Performance Share Plan (“PSP”) 
(see note 23 to the Group Financial 
Statements). Since listing on the London 
Stock Exchange in June 2014, the 
Group invites certain employees to 
participate in an annual iteration of the 
PSP and all employees to participate in 
an annual iteration of the Sharesave 
Plan. Each scheme vests over a three 
year period. 

As a result, the year ended 30 April 2018 
share based payment charges include:

 − nine months of charges in respect 

of options granted in the year ended 
30 April 2015;

 − a full year of charges in respect 
of options granted in the years 
ended 30 April 2016 and 2017; and
 − three months of charges in respect 

of options granted in the year ended 
30 April 2018.

The prior year share based payment 
charge was not at full run-rate as it 
only effectively included 27 months 
of charges, being:

 − a full year of charges in respect 
of options granted in the years 
ended 30 April 2015 and 2016; and
 − three months of charges in respect 

of options granted in the year ended 
30 April 2017, and the charge 
benefited from a release of accruals 
made in prior years in respect of 
certain leavers from the PSP pool.

Balance sheet and cash flow
Capital expenditure and fixed assets
Of total tangible and intangible 
fixed asset additions of £13.0 million 
(2017: £20.2 million), £12.3 million 
(2017: £19.4 million) related to the 
logistics services segment, and 
£0.7 million (2017: £0.9 million) related 
to the commercial vehicles segment. 
Approximately £7.7 million of the 
additions were purchased in cash and 
£5.3 million through finance leases. 
Notable asset purchases in the year 
ended 30 April 2018 included new 
mezzanine floors at Ollerton and 
Northampton, site set up costs in 
Poland, the fit out of the new Central 
Square office and investments in the 
accounting and multi-user warehouse 
management systems. A large 
proportion of expenditure in the year 
ended 30 April 2017 was incurred at 
the Northampton shared-use facility.

In the year ended 30 April 2018, we 
disposed of assets with a net book 
value of £4.5 million, on which we 
generated a profit on disposal of  
£2.2 million. Substantially all of the  
£4.5 million net book value related to 
the disposal of a freehold property 
which the Group had acquired earlier 
in the period as part of the purchase  
of Tesam. In the prior year, £1.2 million  
of the £2.3 million proceeds from sale  
of non-current assets related to sales 
from Clipper to Clicklink on formation  
of the joint venture entity.

Clipper’s outstanding capital 
expenditure commitment at 30 April 
2018 was £17.9 million, significantly 
increased from the equivalent figure  
of the prior year (2017: £4.7 million), 
reflecting the continued growth in  
new and existing customer contracts.

34

 Clipper Logistics plc Strategic ReportWhilst the timing and magnitude of 
dividends, tax payments and interest 
payments can be predicted with 
relative certainty, the timing of 
drawdowns on bank loans and fixed 
asset-related cash flows is much more 
dependent on specific one-off 
projects, and so can quite easily fall 
into one financial period or the next.

Overall cash flow for the year ended 
30 April 2018 was also impacted by three 
significant non-ordinary course cash 
flows: firstly, there was the acquisition 
of Tesam for a cash consideration of  
£9.6 million (net of cash acquired); 
secondly, there was the acquisition  
of RepairTech for a cash consideration 
of £2.2 million (net of cash acquired); 
and thirdly, there was the raising of 
£1.6 million of cash from share issues in 
the year ended 30 April 2018:

 − Having passed our three year 

anniversary of listing on the London 
Stock Exchange (“Listing”) in the 
year ended 30 April 2018, the first of 
our Sharesave share schemes vested 
(these vest over a three year period). 
As a result, there were 981,217 shares 
issued in the year to employees, 
generating £1.4 million. 

Net debt
In addition to EBIT, net debt is 
considered a KPI for the Group.  
As with EBIT, net debt is assessed 
against Board-approved budgets.

The Group had £31.7 million of net 
debt outstanding at 30 April 2018 
(2017: £25.1 million) (see note 20 to 
the Group Financial Statements), an 
increase of £6.6 million, in line with the 
Board’s expectations. The increase in 
net debt was driven primarily by the 
acquisitions of Tesam and RepairTech 
which together required £11.8 million 
(net of cash acquired), although this 
was partly offset by £6.7 million of 
proceeds from the sale of fixed assets.

It is also worth noting that where an 
open book customer has a strong credit 
rating, Clipper will often fund the initial 
capital requirements on the condition 
that the customer commits to repaying 
this over the term of the contract, 
together with finance charges and  
a management fee. At 30 April 2018, 
Clipper has £22.4 million of capital 
contracted to be recovered from open 
book customers over the remaining term 
of the customer contracts.

 − A further £0.25 million was generated 

when Numis Securities Limited, 
Clipper’s corporate broker, exercised 
share options issued to it on Listing.

Our 2018 Strategic Report, from page  
1 to page 35, has been reviewed and 
approved by the Board of Directors on 
16 August 2018.

David Hodkin
Chief Financial Officer

Significant one-off cash flows which 
arose in the prior year (ended 30 April 
2017) but which did not recur in the  
year ended 30 April 2018 included  
£1.95 million subscribed for share capital 
on the formation of the Clicklink joint 
venture and a £1.45 million loan 
advanced to Clicklink on its formation. 
The loan was increased by £0.5 million 
in the year ended 30 April 2018 to 
support the working capital growth 
requirements of Clicklink. This loan is 
disclosed as a non-current financial 
asset (see note 27 to the Group 
Financial Statements). 

Cash flow
Cash generated from operations was 
£24.5 million (2017: £25.7 million). 

The business continues to be highly 
cash generative. Under the UK logistics 
business model, Clipper is typically  
paid in the month in which services are 
delivered on open book and minimum 
volume guarantee contracts, giving  
rise to a typically negative investment  
in working capital, whilst in the 
commercial vehicles business working 
capital is substantially funded by the 
manufacturer through stocking facilities 
for new vehicles and trade credit terms 
for parts supplied. Net cash invested  
in working capital in the year ended 
30 April 2018 was £3.2 million (2017: net 
cash generated from working capital 
of £2.0 million).

There are a number of cash flows 
disclosed outside of cash flow from 
operations which occur regularly, 
although the magnitude of these can 
change significantly year-on-year. 
These cash flows include dividends, 
drawdown and repayment of bank 
loans, sales and purchase of fixed 
assets (including repayments on assets 
purchased under finance leases), 
corporation tax payments and interest 
payments. Taking each of these in turn:

 − Dividends paid in the year ended 

30 April 2018 amounted to £7.6 million, 
an increase of 19.1% on the prior year 
(2017: £6.4 million), and in line with our 
stated dividend policy. 
 − Cash flows arising from the 

drawdown and repayments of bank 
loans were an £8.2 million inflow in 
the year ended 30 April 2018 (2017: 
£6.0 million outflow), the drawdown 
being used to fund the acquisitions 
of Tesam and RepairTech (see below). 

 − Cash purchases of fixed assets 
amounted to £7.7 million in the 
year ended 30 April 2018 (2017: 
£4.6 million), with a further £7.4 million 
cash used to repay finance leases 
(2017: £5.7 million). Sales of fixed 
assets generated £6.7 million in the 
year ended 30 April 2018 (2017:  
£2.3 million), as we realised cash  
on the sale of freehold property,  
as detailed above.

 − Corporation tax of £4.0 million was 

paid in the year ended 30 April 2018 
(2017: £3.2 million), the increase 
being driven by the overall 
increased profitability of the Group.

 − Interest paid increased by 

£0.3 million to £1.9 million in the 
year ended 30 April 2018 (2017: 
£1.6 million), primarily due to 
increased borrowing levels following 
the two acquisitions in the year.

35

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Clipper Logistics plc Company Financial StatementsGroup Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Board of Directors

Steve Parkin
Executive Chairman

Tony Mannix
Chief Executive Officer

David Hodkin
Chief Financial Officer

Steve, a fashion logistics specialist, 
founded Clipper in 1992. As 
Executive Chairman, he is 
responsible for the strategic 
direction of the Group. Steve has 
extensive experience of retail 
logistics. He holds and pursues 
strategic level discussions with  
major retailers. In addition, he drives 
the Group’s acquisition strategy. 

Steve is the chairman of the 
Nomination Committee.

David joined Clipper as Group 
Chief Financial Officer in 2003. 
He held a variety of board level 
roles prior to joining Clipper, 
including Group Finance Director 
of Symphony Group plc, Finance 
Director of Kunick Leisure Limited 
and held a number of senior roles 
in Magnet Limited.

David is a member of the  
Chartered Institute of  
Management Accountants.

Tony was appointed Chief 
Executive Officer of the Group in 
May 2014. He joined Clipper in 2006 
as Managing Director of the UK 
logistics division. Tony has over 
25 years’ experience in the logistics 
sector, and held a number of senior 
roles with Roseby’s plc (which 
became part of Homestyle Group 
plc), ultimately becoming 
Logistics Director.

Tony has particular experience 
of operating in complex retail 
logistics environments, including 
the design and specification of 
both distribution centres and 
warehouse management systems. 
He began his career in logistics with 
the Burton Group, after working in 
the construction industry following 
his graduation with a degree in 
architectural engineering.

36

 Clipper Logistics plc GovernanceRon Series
Senior Independent 
Non-Executive Director

Stephen Robertson
Independent  
Non-Executive Director

Mike Russell
Independent  
Non-Executive Director

Stephen joined the Group as 
Non-Executive Director in 2014. 
He has many years of experience 
in the retail industry and held 
executive positions at Kingfisher plc, 
WH Smith plc and Woolworths 
Group plc. He was previously 
Director General of the British  
Retail Consortium and is currently 
chairman of Retail Economics. His 
current non-executive directorships 
include Timpson Group plc and 
Hargreaves Lansdown plc. 

Stephen is chairman of the 
Remuneration Committee and is a 
member of the Audit Committee.

Ron joined the Group as Non-
Executive Director in 2014 and was 
appointed Senior Independent 
Non-Executive Director in July 2017. 
He has previously held executive 
and non-executive positions with  
a number of companies with 
international operations in transport, 
logistics, shipping, real estate and IT. 
Included among them are Tuffnells 
Parcels Express Limited and UK-listed 
companies such as Davies and 
Newman plc and LEP Group plc. 

He has also held executive 
positions at iSOFT Group Limited 
(listed on the Australian Securities 
Exchange), SIAC Group and 
Viridian Group and was involved  
in the successful restructuring of 
Nakheel PJSC, the real estate arm 
of Dubai World. He advised the 
Lonmin plc board on its capital 
raising and is currently chairman 
of DX (Group) plc. 

Ron is a member of the 
Remuneration Committee, 
Audit Committee and the 
Nomination Committee. 

Mike Russell was appointed 
Non-Executive Director of Clipper’s 
former parent company in 2011, 
and was appointed Non-Executive 
Director of the Company in 2014. 
He qualified as a Chartered 
Certified Accountant with a 
subsidiary of Imperial Chemical 
Industries, following which he held 
the position of Finance Director  
of a subsidiary of Allied Lyons plc. 
He joined Asda Stores Limited as 
Chief Accountant in 1986 and 
subsequently became Finance 
Director of the Stores Division.  
He was appointed Group Finance 
Director of Nurdin & Peacock plc, 
a FTSE 250 company, in early 1996 
prior to the sale of the business to 
Booker plc. 

From 1997 to 2011, he was an 
executive director of Prize Food 
Group, a private equity-backed 
business, initially as Group Finance 
Director and, from 2005, as  
Chief Executive Officer. 

Mike is chairman of the Audit  
Committee and is a member  
of the Nomination Committee  
and the Remuneration Committee.

37

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Clipper Logistics plc Company Financial StatementsGroup Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Corporate Governance Report

Chairman’s introduction
Dear Shareholder,
I am pleased to present the Company’s 
Corporate Governance Report for  
the year ended 30 April 2018. The  
Board recognises, understands and  
is committed to the high standards  
of corporate governance across  
the Group that are expected of all 
premium listed companies and follows  
an approach which complies with  
the provisions of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code 2016 (the “Code”). 
The report which follows describes  
how the Company has applied the 
Main Principles of the Code.

Compliance with the Code 
The Board recognises the importance  
of high standards of corporate 
governance and is committed to 
managing the Group’s operations 
in accordance with the Code. A full 
version of the Code can be found 
on the Financial Reporting Council’s 
website www.frc.org.uk. The Company 
complied with the provisions of the 
Code throughout the year ended 
30 April 2018, except for provisions  
A.4.2, B6.1 and E.1.1.

This Report, which incorporates  
reports from the Nomination and  
Audit Committees on pages 42 to 45 
together with the Strategic Report  
on pages 1 to 35, the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report on pages 46  
to 60 and the Directors’ Report on 
pages 61 to 64, describes how the 
Company has applied the Main 
Principles of the Code.

The role of the Board
During the year the Board consisted 
of three Non-Executive Directors 
and three Executive Directors. Paul 
Hampden Smith resigned as a Non-
Executive Director with effect from 
12 July 2017 and Ron Series (an existing 
Non-Executive Director of the 
Company) was appointed as Senior 
Independent Director in his place. 
Biographies and profiles of the current 
members of the Board appear on 
pages 36 and 37.

The Board is also responsible for ensuring 
the maintenance of a sound system of 
internal control and risk management 
(including financial, operational and 
compliance controls and for reviewing 
the overall effectiveness of systems in 
place) and for the approval of any 
changes to the capital, corporate and/
or management structure of the Group.

The Code indicates at A.4.2 that the 
chairman should hold meetings with 
non-executive directors without the 
executive directors present. Since  
Steve Parkin as Executive Chairman  
also has an executive function, he  
has not met with the Non-Executive 
Directors as a group without the  
other Executive Directors present,  
but the Senior Independent Director  
has done so.  

The Board delegates to management 
the day-to-day running of the business 
within defined risk parameters. Board 
meetings are scheduled to coincide 
with key events in the corporate 
calendar and this includes the interim 
and final results and Annual 
General Meeting (“AGM”).

Steve Parkin 
Executive Chairman

The Board is 
responsible for 
leading and 
controlling the 
Group and  
has overall 
authority for the 
management 
and conduct  
of the Group’s 
business, 
strategy and 
development.

Steve Parkin 
Executive Chairman

38

 Clipper Logistics plc GovernanceThe Board has adopted a formal 
schedule of matters reserved for its 
approval and has delegated other 
specific responsibilities to its committees. 
The standing Board agenda includes 
regular reports from the Chief Executive 
Officer and the Chief Financial Officer 
on the operational and financial 

performance of the Group, together 
with  feedback from the Non-Executive 
Directors on their engagement with  
the business, although the agreed 
cancellation of a scheduled Board 
meeting had the effect of limiting such 
review and feedback at that time. It 
includes the provision of reports from 

the Nomination Committee, the Audit 
Committee and the Remuneration 
Committee together with various other 
key operational, strategic, governance 
and risk topics. The Board does not 
delegate key strategic, operational 
and financial issues or other matters 
specifically reserved to the Board. 

The following matters (amongst others) were considered or dealt with at Board meetings during the year:

Strategy  and management

Financial and contracts

Governance

 − approval and consideration of 
strategic initiatives and plans, 
including potential acquisitions;
 − Brexit and its continued impact;
 − automation and its role in 

the business;

 − learning and development;
 − growth strategy;
 − health and safety record;
 − brand health; and
 − integration of new subsidiaries.

 − review of the performance and 

management of certain contracts;

 − Black Friday performance;
 − financial review;
 − approval of capital projects and 
contracts of material importance;
 − implementation of independent IT 
and cyber integrity reviews and 
consideration of reports; and

 − review of insurance cover 
including cyber cover.

 − full risk review;
 − legal and governance updates;
 − review of data integrity and 

application of GDPR across the 
Group; and

 − review of contracts in connection 

with GDPR.

All Directors have access to the  
advice and services of the Company 
Secretary who has responsibility for 
ensuring compliance with the Board’s 
procedures. All Directors have the right 
to have their opposition to or concerns 
over any Board decision noted in the 
minutes. The Board has adopted 
guidelines by which Directors may  

take independent professional advice  
at the Company’s expense in the 
performance of their duties.

direction and financial plans and 
monitor on a regular basis the Group’s 
performance against an agreed 
business plan.

The Board has a full programme of 
Board meetings planned for the 
financial year ending 30 April 2019. 
At these meetings, the Board will 
review the Group’s long-term strategic 

In addition, the Board will agree key 
objectives for the Group on an annual 
basis and will monitor performance 
against these objectives.

Meetings and attendance
In the year under review, the Board held four meetings and various Board committee meetings were also held with 
attendance as follows:

Director

Steve Parkin

Tony Mannix

David Hodkin

Role

Executive Chairman

Chief Executive Officer

Chief Financial Officer

Stephen Robertson

Non-Executive Director

Mike Russell

Ron Series

Non-Executive Director

Senior Independent Director

Board  

Meetings

Audit 
Committee 
Meetings

Remuneration 
Committee 
Meetings

Nomination 
Committee 
Meetings

4/4

4/4

4/4

4/4

4/4

4/4

2/2

2/2

2/2

2/2

2/2

2/2

1/1

1/1

1/1

The Chairman is responsible for ensuring 
that the Directors receive accurate, 
timely and clear information. Prior to 
each scheduled Board meeting, a 
Board pack is circulated. This Board 
pack includes an update on key 
performance targets, trading 
performance against budget and 
detailed financial data and analysis. 
Board packs have generally not been 
distributed in sufficient time for Directors 
to review their papers in advance, 
however a timetable has been agreed 
with the Directors and will be adhered 
to going forwards. If Directors are 
unable to attend a Board meeting for 
any reason, they nonetheless receive 

the relevant papers and are consulted 
prior to the meeting and their views 
made known to the other Directors.

Conflicts of interest
In line with the requirements of the 
Companies Act 2006, each Director  
has notified the Board of any situation  
in which he has, or could have, a direct 
or indirect interest that conflicts, or  
may conflict, with the interests of the 
Company (a situational conflict). These 
were considered and approved by  
the Board in accordance with the 
Company’s Articles of Association  
(the “Articles”) and each Director 
informed of any relevant authorisation 

and the terms on which it was given.  
In furtherance of this obligation, each 
Director has notified the Board of all  
his business interests and those of his 
connected persons. The Register of 
Directors Interests’ is updated annually 
and as otherwise required. The Board 
has formal procedures to deal with 
Directors’ conflicts of interest.

The Board reviews and, where 
appropriate, approves certain  
situational conflicts of interest reported  
to it by Directors, and a register of such 
situational conflicts is maintained and will 
be reviewed by the Board going forward.

39

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Clipper Logistics plc Company Financial StatementsGroup Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Corporate Governance Report continued

Having served as Senior Independent 
Director since May 2014, Paul Hampden 
Smith resigned in July 2017. Ron Series has 
been appointed Senior Independent 
Director with effect from that date.

The Code indicates (at E.1.1) that the 
senior independent director should 
attend meetings with a range of major 
shareholders to listen to their views in 
order to help develop a balanced 
understanding of their issues and 
concerns. Whilst the Senior Independent 
Director (and the other Non-Executive 
Directors) are available to meet with 
shareholders to discuss issues and 
concerns, no such meetings have  
been requested by shareholders. 
Notwithstanding this, we have 
maintained dialogue with our major 
shareholders and, overall, the Board 
believes that appropriate steps have 
been taken throughout the year to 
ensure that members of the Board, 
including the Non-Executive Directors, 
develop an understanding of the views 
of major shareholders. These steps 
include attending the AGM, receiving 
feedback on other shareholder 
meetings and analysts’ and brokers’ 
briefings on a regular basis.

Board balance and independence
The Code recommends that at least 
half the board of directors of UK listed 
companies, excluding the chairman, 
should comprise non-executive 
directors determined by the board to 
be independent in character and 
judgment and free from relationships  
or circumstances which may affect,  
or could appear to affect, the 
directors’ judgment.

Board committees
Subject to those matters reserved for 
its decision, the Board has delegated  
to its Nomination, Audit, Remuneration 
and Executive Committees certain 
authorities. There are written terms of 
reference for each of these Committees 
available on request from the Company 
Secretary. Separate reports for each of 
the Nomination, Audit and Remuneration 
Committees are included in this Annual 
Report and Accounts from pages 42 to 60.

Role of the executive chairman  
and chief executive
The Board is chaired by Steve Parkin 
who is Executive Chairman. The 
Executive Chairman is responsible  
for the leadership and overall 
effectiveness of the Board and setting 
the Board’s agenda, having regard to 
the interests of all stakeholders and 
promoting high standards of corporate 
governance. Tony Mannix is the Chief 
Executive Officer and is responsible  
for implementing the Board’s strategy  
and leading the SMT. The role is distinct 
and separate to that of Executive 
Chairman and clear divisions of 
accountability and responsibility were 
established at the time of the I.P.O.

Role of the senior  
independent director
The Code recommends that the  
board of directors of a company  
with a premium listing on the Official  
List should appoint one of the non-
executive directors to be the senior 
independent director to provide a 
sounding board for the chairman and 
to serve as an intermediary for the  
other directors when necessary. The 
senior independent director should be 
available to shareholders if they have 
concerns which contact through the 
normal channels of the chairman, chief 
executive officer or other executive 
directors has failed to resolve or for 
which such contact is inappropriate.

The Board regards all of the Non-Executive 
Directors as Independent Non-Executive 
Directors within the meaning of the 
Code and free from any business or 
other relationship that could materially 
interfere with the exercise of their 
independent judgment. The Board 
believes that the current directorate 
supports its ability to develop the 
Group’s operations.

Role of the company secretary
Guy Jackson is the Company Secretary. 
The role of the Company Secretary, 
under the direction of the Executive 
Chairman, is to develop, implement and 
maintain good corporate governance 
practices. This includes supporting the 
Executive Chairman and Non-Executive 
Directors as appropriate, managing 
Board and Nomination Committee 
meetings, ensuring that appropriate 
levels of directors’ and officers’ 
insurance is in place and that the 
Group is compliant with statutory 
and regulatory requirements.

Development
There have been no new appointments 
to the Board since the last AGM. The 
Group has an induction and training 
process for new directors. New directors 
will receive a detailed induction on 
joining the Board, including meeting 
other members of the Board and the 
SMT. New directors will be encouraged 
to visit the Group’s sites and to provide 
feedback to the Board. The Group’s 
Company Secretary periodically 
reports to the Board on any new 
legal, regulatory and governance 
developments that affect the Group 
and, where necessary, actions are 
agreed. External lawyers have provided 
updated training to the Directors and 
SMT on the changes brought about  
by the implementation of the new  
EU GDPR, insider dealing and other 
regulatory matters. This is supplemented 
by advice and training provided, where 
required, by the Company Secretary.

40

 Clipper Logistics plc GovernanceBoard evaluation
The Code indicates (at B.6) that the 
board should undertake a formal  
and rigorous annual evaluation of its 
performance. The Board is committed 
to and is fully aligned with the benefits 
to be derived from a regular board 
evaluation which is viewed as a critical 
component of the Board’s agenda for 
continuing improvement of its corporate 
governance. The issue of corporate 
governance as a whole continues to  
be the subject of discussion between 
the Directors, as the Company 
continues to grow strongly. During  
the year, as a result of this growth, the 
evaluation process was updated by  
the Senior Independent Director and 
the Company Secretary. As a result  
of these updates to the process, the 
formal board evaluation process for  
the year had not been undertaken at 
the time of going to print. This process 
will be completed and outcomes 
reported on fully in the next Annual 
Report. The Company will revert to full 
Code compliance moving forwards. 
The Company is also reviewing its 
corporate governance more broadly 
with a view to identifying any updates 
to existing processes and procedures 
that could enhance the Company’s 
governance arrangements, and to 
support the Company’s intention to 
become an early adopter of the UK 
Corporate Governance Code 2018.

The Board is satisfied that each Director 
remains competent to discharge his 
responsibilities as a member of the Board.

Election of directors
The Board can appoint any person  
to be a Director, either to fill a vacancy 
or as an addition to the existing Board 
provided that the total number of 
Directors does not exceed 12, the 
maximum prescribed in the Company’s 
Articles. Any Director so appointed by 
the Board shall hold office only until the 
following AGM and shall then be eligible 
for election by the shareholders.

In accordance with the Articles, at 
every AGM of the Company, one-third 
of the Directors, or the number nearest 
to but not less than one-third, shall retire 
from office. The Directors to retire shall 
be, first, those who wish to retire, and 
then those who have been longest in 
office since their last appointment or 
re-appointment. When a Director retires 
at an AGM in accordance with the 
Articles, the Company may, by ordinary 
resolution at the meeting, fill the office 
being vacated by re-electing the 
retiring Director. If the Company does 
not fill the vacancy at the meeting,  
the retiring Director shall nevertheless 
be deemed to have been re-elected, 
except in the cases identified by the 
Articles. The Company intends to 
continue this practice but will review 
it regularly.

Steve Parkin and Tony Mannix will be 
offering themselves for re-election at the 
2018 AGM to be held at Clipper Logistics 
Group, Carlton Court, Gelderd Road, 
Leeds, LS12 6LT on 28 September 2018  
at 11.00am, full details of which will be 
issued under separate cover.

External appointments  
and time commitment
The Executive Directors may accept 
outside appointments provided that 
such appointments do not in any way 
prejudice their ability to perform their 
duties as Executive Directors of 
the Company.

The Non-Executive Directors were 
re-appointed for new three year  
terms commencing on 1 May 2017. 
Appointment letters are not specific 
about the maximum time commitment, 
recognising that there is always the 
possibility of an additional time 
commitment and ad hoc matters that 
may arise from time to time, particularly 
when the Group is undergoing a period 
of increased activity. The average time 
commitment inevitably increases where 
a Non-Executive Director assumes 
additional responsibilities such as being 
appointed to a Board Committee or as 
a Non-Executive Director on the boards 
of any of the Company’s subsidiaries.

Communication with shareholders
The Board considers effective 
communication with its investors, 
whether institutional, private or 
employee shareholders, to be extremely 
important and we have set ourselves  
the target of providing information that  
is timely, clear and concise.

During the year to 30 April 2018, the 
Company met regularly with analysts 
and institutional investors and such 
meetings will continue. The Executive 
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer  
and Chief Financial Officer have 
responsibility for investor relations and 
they meet institutional investors regularly 
to provide an opportunity to discuss,  
in the context of publicly available 
information, the progress of the Group. 
They are supported by members of  
the SMT, where required, and the 
Company’s retained financial PR 
advisors, Buchanan, and corporate 
brokers, Numis Securities, who, amongst 
other matters, assist in organising 
presentations for analysts and 
institutional investors and ensure  
that procedures are in place to keep 
the Board regularly informed of such 
investors’ views. Reports from analysts 
and brokers are circulated to the Board.

The formal reporting of our full and 
half year results will be a combination 
of presentations, group calls and 
one-to-one meetings in a variety of 
locations where we have institutional 
shareholders. All the Non-Executive 
Directors and the Executive Chairman 
are available to meet with major 
shareholders if they wish to raise issues 
separately from the arrangements as 
described above. The Company’s 
investor website is regularly updated 
with news and information, including 
this Annual Report and Accounts which 
sets out our strategy and performance 
together with our plans for growth.

41

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Clipper Logistics plc Company Financial StatementsGroup Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Nomination Committee Report

Diversity
Whilst the Group pursues diversity, 
including gender diversity, throughout 
the business, and the Board endorses  
the aspirations of the Davies Review  
on Women on Boards, the Board is  
not committing to any specific  
targets. Instead, the Board will engage 
executive search firms which have 
signed up to the voluntary code of 
conduct setting out the seven key 
principles of best practice to abide by 
throughout the recruitment process 
and will continue to follow a policy of 
appointing talented people at every 
level to deliver high performance. It is 
Group policy to make all appointments 
based on the best candidate for the 
role regardless of gender or other 
diversity. The Board will also ensure that  
its own development in this area is 
consistent with its strategic objectives 
and enhances Board effectiveness.

Activities of the Nomination 
Committee in the year ended  
30 April 2018
The Committee met once during  
the financial year and considered  
the structure of the SMT, taking into 
account the strategic objectives 
of the Group.

With effect from 12 July 2017 Paul 
Hampden Smith retired as Senior 
Independent Non-Executive Director 
and was replaced by Ron Series 
(formerly an Independent Non-
Executive Director). 

Committee Chairman’s introduction
As Chairman of the Nomination 
Committee (the “Committee”), I am 
pleased to present the report of the 
Committee for the year ended 30 April 
2018. The Committee is a key committee 
of the Board whose role is to keep the 
composition and structure of the Board 
and its committees under review. 
The Committee’s role also includes 
enhancing the quality of nominees 
to the Board and ensuring that the 
recruitment and appointment process 
is conducted with rigour and integrity.

The Committee is proactive in 
discharging its responsibilities, 
cognisant of the importance of 
succession planning and the need to 
align Board and executive leadership 
skills to the Company’s long-term 
strategy. I hope this report gives you a 
helpful insight into how the Committee 
intends to carry out its responsibilities  
in the year ahead.

Composition
The UK Corporate Governance Code 
2016 recommends that a majority of the 
members of a nomination committee 
should be independent non-executive 
directors. The Nomination Committee  
is chaired by Steve Parkin and its other 
members are Ron Series and Mike Russell.

Roles and responsibilities
Under normal circumstances, 
it is intended that the Nomination 
Committee will meet as often as 
required but not less than once a  
year to assist the Board in discharging 
its responsibilities relating to the 
composition and make-up of the Board 
and any committees of the Board. 
It is also responsible for periodically 
reviewing the Board’s structure and 
identifying potential candidates to be 
appointed as directors or committee 
members as the need may arise. The 
Nomination Committee is responsible 
for evaluating the balance of skills, 
knowledge and experience and the 
size, structure and composition of the 
Board and committees of the Board, 
retirements and appointments of 
additional and replacement directors 
and committee members and makes 
appropriate recommendations to the 
Board on such matters.

Steve Parkin 
Chairman, Nomination Committee

42

 Clipper Logistics plc GovernanceAudit Committee Report

Mike Russell
Chairman, Audit Committee

Committee Chairman’s introduction
The Audit Committee (the 
“Committee”) was originally 
established by a resolution of the Board 
dated 16 May 2014, at which meeting 
terms of reference were considered 
and adopted. Stephen Robertson and 
I have served on the Committee 
throughout the year under review. Ron 
Series joined the Committee in August 
2017. Under its terms of reference, the 
Committee is required to meet at least 
three times in each year at appropriate 
times in the reporting and auditing 
cycle. The requirement to hold three 
meetings was originally proposed in 
order to address three formal matters: 
(i) to review and approve the auditor’s 
proposed audit approach; (ii) to 
consider the half year report; and (iii) to 
consider any findings from the year end 
audit. In the year ended 30 April 2018, 
the auditor’s planning for the year end 
was available for review at the same 
time the Committee considered the 
half year report. Consequently these 
two matters were considered at one 
meeting; as such, the Committee only 
needed to meet twice in the year 
under review.

The primary function of the Committee 
is to assist the Board in fulfilling its 
responsibilities to protect the interests of 
shareholders with regard to the integrity 
of the financial reporting, audit, risk 
management and internal controls.

In this report, I explain how the 
Committee has discharged these 
responsibilities, with specific reference  
to the requirement of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code 2016 (the “Code”), 
to address significant financial 
statement reporting issues and to 
explain how the Committee assessed 
external audit effectiveness and 
safeguards in relation to the provision 
by the auditor of non-audit services.

Composition
The Code recommends that an  
audit committee should comprise  
at least three, or in the case of  
smaller companies, two independent 
non-executive directors (other than  
the chairman) and that at least one 
member should have recent and 
relevant financial experience. Clipper’s 
Audit Committee is chaired by Mike 
Russell and its other members are  
Ron Series and Stephen Robertson.  
By virtue of his former executive roles, 
the Directors consider that Mike Russell 
has recent and relevant financial 
experience. The Company is therefore 
compliant with the Code in this regard. 
Other Directors or senior financial 
management attend meetings of  
the Committee by invitation.

Roles and responsibilities
The Committee assists the Board in 
discharging its responsibilities with 
regard to:

 − agreeing the scope of the annual 
audit and the annual audit plan  
and monitoring the same;

 − monitoring, making judgments 
and recommendations on the 
financial reporting process and the 
integrity and clarity of the Group 
Financial Statements;

 − considering the appointment of the 

Group’s auditor and its 
remuneration, including reviewing 
and monitoring independence and 
objectivity and agreeing and 
monitoring the extent of the 
non-audit work that may be 
undertaken; and

 − reviewing and monitoring the 
adequacy and effectiveness  
of the internal control and risk 
management policies.

The Committee gives due consideration 
to laws and regulations, the provisions 
of the Code and the requirements of 
the Listing Rules.

The ultimate responsibility for reviewing 
and approving the Annual Report and 
Accounts and the half year reports 
remains with the Board.

The Board has requested that the 
Committee advise them in ensuring 
that the Financial Statements, when 
taken as a whole, are fair, balanced 
and understandable and provide the 
information necessary for shareholders 
to assess the Group’s position and 
performance, business model 
and strategy.

43

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Clipper Logistics plc Company Financial StatementsGroup Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Audit Committee Report continued

Activities during the year ended  
30 April 2018
During the year, the Committee met 
twice. A summary of the main areas 
dealt with by the Committee is set 
out below:

 − review and approval for 

consideration by the Board of the 
financial results for the year ended 
30 April 2017;

 − findings from the external audit for 

the year ended 30 April 2017; 

 − approval of the auditor’s 

remuneration in respect of the year 
ended 30 April 2017; 

 − discussion around the UK Corporate 

Governance Code on risk 
management, internal control, 
viability and going concern;

 − auditor’s confirmation 
of independence;

 − review of auditor’s effectiveness; 

and

 − discussion with the external auditor 

over the audit planning, with 
particular reference to significant 
risks highlighted in the planning 
documents, together with the audit 
scope and timetable.

Since the year end, the Committee  
has reviewed and approved for 
consideration by the Board this Annual 
Report and reviewed the findings from 
the external audit for the year ended 
30 April 2018.

As part of their review process, the 
members of the Committee are 
provided with a draft of the full Annual 
Report and Accounts enabling them to 
ensure that the figures are consistent 
with those in the Financial Statements 
or are sourced from appropriate data. 
As important, the Committee assesses 
whether the words used are consistent 
with its understanding of the Group’s 
business obtained through Board 
and Committee meetings and other 
interaction they have had with 
management, using its experience  
to assess whether the Annual Report 
taken as a whole is fair, balanced and 
understandable. This additional review 
by the Committee, supplemented by 
advice from external advisors during 
the drafting process, assists the Board  
in determining that the report is fair, 
balanced and understandable at the 
time that it is approved. The Committee 
considers the appropriateness of 
preparing the Financial Statements  
on a going concern basis, including 
consideration of forecast plans 
and supporting assumptions.

44

served for three years. The external 
auditor is also required periodically  
to assess whether, in its professional 
opinion, it is independent and  
those views are shared with 
the Committee.

The Committee has authority to take 
independent advice as it deems 
appropriate in order to resolve issues  
on auditor independence. No such 
advice has, to date, been required.

Independence assessment  
by the Committee
As required, the external auditor 
provided the Committee with 
information for review about policies 
and procedures for maintaining its 
independence and compliance 
regarding the rotation of audit partners 
and staff. Separate external firms are 
engaged for taxation advisory services. 
The Committee is satisfied that the 
independence of KPMG LLP is 
not impaired.

Furthermore, KPMG LLP has provided  
an independence report to the 
Committee, in which it has confirmed 
that it is independent, that its 
objectivity is not compromised, and 
that it has complied with the Auditing 
Practices Board’s ethical standards 
(including in relation to the supply of 
non-audit services).

KPMG LLP received £nil in respect 
of non-audit work for the Group in the 
year ended 30 April 2018 (2017: £nil).

The Committee has assessed the 
performance and independence  
of the external auditor and 
recommended to the Board the 
re-appointment of KPMG LLP as auditor 
until the conclusion of the AGM in 2019.

Internal audit
The Board has considered the benefits 
that an internal audit function might 
bring to the Group. It has concluded 
that, due to the minimal control 
weaknesses identified by the external 
auditor, tight financial controls in place 
across the Group and the close 
management of financial matters by 
the Executive Directors, an internal 
audit function would not currently 
provide additional assurance.

Significant issues considered in 
relation to the Financial Statements
The Committee, together with the 
Board, considered what the significant 
risks and issues in relation to the Financial 
Statements were and how these would 
be addressed. The most significant risks 
identified are set out below:

Revenue recognition
 − The Group has a multiplicity of 

complex contract mechanisms.  
As a result, there could be a risk  
of misstatement of revenue.
 − To mitigate this risk, the revenue 

recognition methodology adopted 
is kept under regular review to ensure 
that it remains appropriate.

Accounting for the acquisitions  
of Tesam and RepairTech 
 − Under International Financial 

Reporting Standards, the Group  
is required to assess the fair value  
of assets acquired and liabilities 
assumed and specifically to identify 
any intangible assets.

 − The accounting and related 
disclosures were therefore  
subject to additional review by  
the Committee.

Assessment of effectiveness  
of external audit
The Committee oversees the 
relationship with the external auditor 
and considers the re-appointment of 
the Group’s auditor, before making a 
recommendation to the Board to be 
put to shareholders.

Prior to recommending the 
re-appointment of KPMG LLP at the 
forthcoming AGM to the Board, the 
Committee conducted a review of the 
external auditor’s performance and 
ongoing independence taking into 
consideration input from management, 
responses to questions from the 
Committee and the audit findings 
reported to the Committee. Based  
on this information, the Committee 
concluded that the external audit 
process had been efficiently run and 
that KPMG LLP proved effective in its 
role as external auditor.

Independence safeguards
In accordance with best practice and 
professional standards, the external 
auditor is required to adhere to a 
rotation policy whereby the audit 
engagement partner is rotated after 
five years. Following the change in 
auditor the year before last, the current 
audit engagement partner has now 

 Clipper Logistics plc GovernanceIn terms of operational matters, 
the specialised nature of the Group’s 
activities means that a non-specialist 
internal audit function would not 
provide additional comfort over the 
Group’s operational management. 
The Board will continue to evaluate 
this matter, and the Committee will 
formally consider the issue annually, in 
accordance with Code provision C.3.2.

Internal control and  
risk management
The Board is responsible for the overall 
system of internal controls for the Group 
and for reviewing its effectiveness. 
It carries out such a review at least 
annually, covering all material controls 
including financial, operational and 
compliance controls and risk 
management systems.

The system of internal controls is 
designed to manage, rather than 
eliminate, the risk of failure to achieve 
business objectives and can only 
provide reasonable and not absolute 
assurance against material 
misstatement or loss.

Operating policies and controls are  
in place and have been in place 
throughout the financial year under 
review, and cover a wide range of 
issues including financial reporting, 
capital expenditure, IT, business 
continuity and management 
of employees.

Detailed policies ensure the accuracy 
and reliability of financial reporting  
and the preparation of the Financial 
Statements, including the consolidation 
process. The key elements of the 
Group’s ongoing processes for the 
provision of effective internal control 
and risk management systems, in place 
throughout the year and at the date of 
this report, include:

 − regular Board meetings to 

consider matters reserved for 
the Directors’ consideration;
 − regular management reporting, 

providing a balanced assessment  
of key risks and controls;

 − an annual Board review of corporate 

strategy, including a review of 
material business risks and 
uncertainties facing the business;

 − established organisational structure 

with clearly defined lines of 
responsibility and levels of authority;

 − documented policies and 

procedures; and

 − regular review by the Board of 
financial budgets, forecasts 
and covenants.

In reviewing the effectiveness of 
the system of internal controls, the 
Committee receives self-assurance 
statements from the members of the 
SMT, who are responsible for the 
principal business units, confirming 
that controls and risk management 
processes in their business units have 
been operated satisfactorily. These 
returns are reviewed by the Committee 
and challenged where appropriate. 
The Deputy Chief Financial Officer  
is responsible for compiling and 
maintaining a risk register to monitor  
all of the risks facing the business.  
The key risks are summarised for review 
and approval by the Committee for 
inclusion in the Annual Report. In 
addition, the Committee reviews the 
financial and accounting controls.

In respect of the Group’s financial 
reporting, the finance department is 
responsible for preparing the Group 
Financial Statements using a well-
established consolidation process  
and ensuring that accounting policies 
are in accordance with International 
Financial Reporting Standards. All 
financial information published by  
the Group is subject to the approval  
of the Committee.

To ensure Clipper’s infrastructure 
remains fit for purpose during its 
continued growth, two Group entities 
(Clipper Logistics plc and Clicklink 
Logistics Limited) migrated to a new 
accounting system in the year. This 
migration passed without incident and 
has now been completed. There have 
been no other changes in the Group’s 
internal controls during the financial 
year under review that have materially 
affected, or are reasonably likely to 
materially affect, the Group’s control 
over financial reporting. 

The Board, with advice from the 
Committee, is satisfied that effective 
systems for internal control and risk 
management are in place which 
enable the Group to identify, evaluate 
and manage key risks, and which 
accord with the guidance of the 
Turnbull Committee on internal control 
updated by the Financial Reporting 
Council in 2005. These processes have 
been in place throughout the financial 
year and up to the date of approval of 
the Financial Statements. Further details 
of risk management frameworks and 
specific material risks and uncertainties 
facing the business can be found on 
pages 20 to 23.

Whistleblowing
The Group has a Whistleblowing  
Policy which encourages employees  
to report any malpractice or illegal  
acts or omissions or matters of similar 
concern by other employees or former 
employees, contractors, suppliers or 
advisors using a prescribed reporting 
procedure. The Whistleblowing Policy  
is complemented by an Anti-bribery 
and Corruption Policy, and a Gifts  
and Entertainment Policy.

These policies facilitate the reporting of 
any ethical wrongdoing or malpractice, 
or suspicion which may constitute 
ethical wrongdoing or malpractice. 
Examples include bribery, corruption, 
fraud, dishonesty and illegal practices 
which may endanger employees or 
third parties.

There have been no instances of 
whistleblowing during the year 
under review and we are not aware of 
any instances of non-compliance with 
our Anti-bribery and Corruption Policy 
or our Gifts and Entertainment Policy.

Accountability
The Board is required to present a  
fair, balanced and understandable 
assessment of the Company  
and Group’s financial position, 
performance, business model and 
strategy. The responsibilities of the 
Directors and external auditor are set 
out on pages 65 and 68 respectively.

45

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Clipper Logistics plc Company Financial StatementsGroup Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Directors’ Remuneration Report

Stephen Robertson
Chairman, Remuneration Committee

Committee Chairman’s introduction
On behalf of the Board, I am pleased  
to present the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report for the year ended 30 April 2018.

This is my first report as the Chairman  
of the Remuneration Committee (the 
“Committee”) after taking up this 
appointment in August 2017. I would 
like to begin this annual statement by 
expressing my thanks to my fellow 
Director, Mike Russell, for all his hard  
work in the role of Committee Chairman 
from 2014 until August 2017. I am very 
pleased that Mike has agreed to stay  
on as a member of the Committee.

Also, I would like to thank our 
shareholders for the continued  
support which they showed for the 
Committee at our 2017 AGM when we 
renewed our three year authority to 
operate our Directors’ Remuneration 
Policy. This was approved by 99% of 
shareholders voting on this resolution  
at the 2017 AGM. The policy has been 
set out in full in the Appendix to this 
Directors’ Remuneration Report for 
shareholders’ information. 

Pay for performance in the year 
ended 30 April 2018
As described more fully in the Strategic 
Report, the financial year ended  
30 April 2018 was another significant 
one for Clipper, with EBIT growing by 
16.3% to £20.9 million.

Despite this growth, the threshold level 
of target for our Annual Incentive Plan 
(“AIP”) was not attained. Accordingly 
no annual bonuses will be paid to our 
Executive Directors in respect of the 
year ended 30 April 2018.

The first Performance Share Plan  
(“PSP”) awards made by the Company 
in January 2015 vested in January 2018  
at 100% of the maximum award. 
This reflects full attainment of the 
performance conditions for these 
awards, which required Earnings Per 
Share, adjusted for certain matters  
in the Remuneration Committee’s 
judgment, to have been at least 
12.0 pence in the year ended 
30 April 2017. EPS, after adjustment, 
for that year was 12.5 pence. 

We were also very pleased that we had 
the first maturity of our all-employee 
Sharesave Plan in April 2018. Participants 
in this plan benefited from the significant 
increase in our share price since 2015, 
when Sharesave was offered at an 
option price of 140.4 pence per share. 
Over 320 employees benefited from this 
first Sharesave maturity.

46

 Clipper Logistics plc GovernanceRemuneration actions for the  
years ending 30 April 2019  
and 30 April 2020
We continue to monitor developments 
in the governance of remuneration 
arrangements for UK executive directors 
and developments in market practice. 
This is to ensure that our Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy and its operation 
in practice continue to support our 
business strategy and thereby the 
interests of our shareholders.

With this in mind, we are not proposing 
any material changes in the year 
ending 30 April 2019 from how we 
applied our Remuneration Policy in  
the previous financial year. The  
only change which we will make  
is regarding our annual PSP awards.  
We are introducing a ‘3 plus 2’ holding 
period for new PSP awards to Executive 
Directors from the 2018 AGM and also 
introducing a clearer ‘underpin’ 
performance condition for new PSP 
awards. Both of these matters reflect the 
new UK Corporate Governance Code 
which was launched on 16 July 2018.

In the year ending 30 April 2019 we also 
intend to change the time at which we 
make our annual PSP awards. In past 
financial years we have made these 
awards in January, after our half year 
interim results are published each 
December. We are now proposing to 
make the awards each year after our 
AGM – this will enable us to consider the 
proposed performance conditions for 
awards earlier in the relevant financial 
year and to disclose these in our annual 
Directors’ Remuneration Report in 
advance of making the awards. 

2018 AGM
At our 2018 AGM there will be two 
remuneration-related resolutions:

 − The normal annual advisory vote on 
our Directors’ Remuneration Report.
 − Consistent with past years, a vote to 
authorise the participation of Steve 
Parkin (Executive Chairman), David 
Hodkin (Chief Financial Officer)  
and Guy Jackson (General Counsel 
and Company Secretary) in the 
PSP and our Sharesave Plan in 
accordance with the requirements 
of the Takeover Panel for 
‘concert parties’.

As we have explained in previous 
Directors’ Remuneration Reports, due 
to our shareholding structure, each 
year at our AGM we are required to 
seek specific approval from our 
independent shareholders to permit 
the Executive Chairman, the Chief 
Financial Officer and the Company 
Secretary and General Counsel to 
participate in awards under our 
Sharesave Plan and PSP.

Our practice of having all of our  
SMT participating in the same  
incentive plans each year has been  
a major component of the Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy which we have 
applied since 2014, and remains 
consistent with the team ethos which 
underlies our policies. 

The Committee hopes that you will 
continue to support our approach on 
remuneration matters. The Committee 
is confident that the approach we  
are following is the correct one for the 
Group and hopes that it can rely on  
the support of shareholders for all of  
the remuneration-related resolutions  
at the 2018 AGM.

47

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Clipper Logistics plc Company Financial StatementsGroup Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

This report contains the material required to be set out as the Directors’ Remuneration Report for the purposes of Part 4 of the 
Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) (Amendment) Regulations 2013, which amended 
the Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008 (the “DRR regulations”). 
The auditor has reported on certain parts of the Directors’ Remuneration Report and stated whether, in its opinion, those  
parts have been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006. Those parts of the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report which have been subject to audit are clearly indicated.

Part A: Implementation Report on Remuneration

Audited information
Single figure table

Salary  
year ended  
30 April

Benefits1 
year ended  
30 April

Annual bonus2 
year ended  
30 April

Long‑term
incentives3
year ended  
30 April

Pension 
contributions  
year ended  
30 April

Total  
year ended  
30 April

£’000

2018

2017

2018

2017

2018

2017

2018

Steve Parkin

Tony Mannix4

David Hodkin4

411

260

206

411

228

183

72

24

2

69

29

2

nil 

nil 

nil 

nil

nil

nil

542

301

241

2017

1,084

602

481

2018

2017

2018

2017

10

29

29

10

23

23

1,035

1,574

614

478

882

689

1.  Benefits comprise a car allowance or company car, fuel allowance, private family medical cover and insurance benefits.
2.  Details of the AIP for the financial year ended 30 April 2018 are set out below.
3.  In accordance with the requirements of the DRR regulations, the 2018 values for long-term incentives are an estimate of the vesting outcomes for PSP 
awards granted in 2015/16 and which are due to vest on 14 January 2019. While an assumption for full vesting of this award has been made, actual 
vesting will be confirmed by the Remuneration Committee before January 2019 having considered underlying trading performance in the performance 
period, in line with our stated remuneration policy. This vesting outcome is applied to the average share price between 1 February 2018 and 30 April 
2018 (401.07 pence) to produce the estimated long-term incentives figures shown for 2018 in the above table. These assumptions will be revised for 
actual share prices on vesting in the report for 2019. Details of the performance measures and targets applicable to the relevant PSP award are set out 
later in this report. The 2017 values for long-term incentives have been restated from last year’s Annual Report to reflect the share price (472.00 pence) 
on the date of vesting of these awards on 14 January 2018. The equivalent value in last year’s Annual Report reflected the average share price for the 
three months ended 30 April 2017 (380.65 pence).

4.  David Hodkin’s and part of Tony Mannix’s pension entitlement is paid by way of an additional allowance, taxed as salary. No director participated in 

a defined benefit pension.

AIP outcomes for the year ended 30 April 2018
Performance for the AIP was measured against EBIT for the year ended 30 April 2018.

Performance measure

EBIT for financial year to 30 April 2018

Threshold 
performance 
level for  
2018 AIP

Maximum 
performance 
level for 
2018 AIP

 Performance  
level  
attained for  

AIP attained 
as a % of  

2018 AIP

base salary

£21.19m

£23.42m

Below
 threshold

nil

PSP outcomes for the 2015/16 awards
The performance conditions for the PSP awards included in the single figure table are as shown below:

Performance measure and weighting

Target range

Basic EPS, after adjustment, in financial year to 30 April 2018 
(100% of award)

Target range between 12.0 pence (25% vests) and 14.7 pence 
(100% vests)

Basic EPS, after adjustment, for this purpose disregards amortisation of intangibles arising on consolidation and the associated 
notional tax impact. 

Non‑Executive Directors’ fees

£’000

Ron Series

Stephen Robertson

Mike Russell

Paul Hampden Smith2

Fees year ended 30 April

Benefits1 year ended 30 April

Total year ended 30 April

2018

2017

2018

2017

2018

2017

65

48

48

27

40

40

40

60

–

3

–

–

1

3

–

1

65

51

48

27

41

43

40

61

1.  Benefits amounts reported relate to expenses such as travel and accommodation expenditure incurred on Group business. Whilst these payments are 

the reimbursement of expenses and not benefits per se, they are included as being a payment which is subject to tax.

2.  Resigned as a Director on 12 July 2017.

48

 Clipper Logistics plc GovernanceDirectors’ interests
The interests (all being beneficial) of the Directors in the Company’s ordinary shares are set out below:

Steve Parkin

Tony Mannix

David Hodkin

Ron Series

Stephen Robertson

Mike Russell

Ordinary shares
Number1

At 16 August  

At 30 April  

2018

2018

25,140,820

25,140,820

946,786

866,786

1,113,196

10,000

9,410

–

873,196

10,000

9,410

–

1.  All shares are wholly owned by Directors or connected persons (i.e. none are subject to performance conditions and none are previously vested but  

as yet unexercised share options).

Share plan interests
Performance Share Plan:

Steve Parkin

Tony Mannix

David Hodkin

Sharesave Plan:

Steve Parkin

Tony Mannix

David Hodkin

Options 
held at  

1 May 2017

473,068

262,816

210,252

Options 
held at  

1 May 2017

12,820

10,170

12,820

Options 
lapsed

Options 
granted

Options 
exercised

Option 
grant price 
(p)

Options 
held at  
30 April 
2018

Earliest 
exercise 
date

Latest 
exercise 
date

–

–

–

86,602

58,145

45,926

nil

nil

nil

nil

nil

nil

559,670 14/01/2018 18/01/2028

320,961 14/01/2018 18/01/2028

256,178 14/01/2018 18/01/2028

Options 
lapsed

Options 
granted

Options 
exercised

Option 
grant price 
(p)

Options 
held at  
30 April 
2018

Earliest 
exercise 
date

Latest 
exercise 
date

–

–

–

4,740

12,820

379.74

4,740 01/04/2021 30/09/2021

2,370

4,740

239.34  
and 379.74

6,410

6,130 01/04/2019 30/09/2021

12,820

379.74

4,740 01/04/2021 30/09/2021

1.  The range of market prices of shares in Clipper Logistics plc during the year ended 30 April 2018 was 350.00 pence to 485.00 pence. The closing price  

on 30 April 2018 was 451.00 pence.

2.  None of the Directors paid for the award of options.
3.  Options granted in the year under the PSP represent awards with a face value of 100% of base salary for all Executive Directors. This has been 

calculated using the average mid-market price of the three days preceding the date of grant, being 474.67 pence for the options which were  
granted on 18 January 2018.

4.  The threshold level of vesting for the PSP options granted in the year is 25% of the total number of options granted.
5.  The performance conditions attached to the PSP awards granted during the year are set out below.
6.  The exercise price for options under the Sharesave Plan was set at 80% of the three day average market price of shares before invitations to participate 

were made, in accordance with HMRC rules.

7.  The options under the Sharesave Plan were granted under an HMRC tax-advantaged plan and are therefore not subject to performance conditions.
8.  The Sharesave options exercised in the year were granted in February 2015 at an option price of 140.40 pence.

Performance conditions for PSP awards
The performance measures and targets for the PSP awards made in the year to 30 April 2018 are based on EPS performance 
(adjusted in the Remuneration Committee’s judgment for one-off items, where necessary) for the financial year ending  
30 April 2020, summarised as follows:

EPS – Financial period ending 30 April 2020

22.85 pence

PSP award

100%

Between 18.7 pence and 22.85 pence

Pro-rata on a straight-line basis between 25% and 100%

18.7 pence

Less than 18.7 pence

25%

0%

49

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Clipper Logistics plc Company Financial StatementsGroup Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

Unaudited information
Remuneration Committee
The members of the Committee during the year were:

 − Stephen Robertson (Chairman from August 2017);
 − Mike Russell (Chairman until August 2017); and
 − Ron Series.

The Committee’s principal responsibilities are:

 − recommending to the Board the remuneration strategy and framework for the Executive Directors and senior managers;
 − determining, within that framework, the individual remuneration arrangements for the Executive Directors and senior 

managers; and

 − overseeing any major changes in employee benefit structures throughout the Group.

The Executive Chairman is invited to attend meetings of the Committee, except when his own remuneration is being 
discussed, and the Chief Financial Officer and other executives attend meetings as required.

Advisors
FIT Remuneration Consultants LLP (“FIT”), signatory to the Remuneration Consultants Group’s Code of Conduct, was 
appointed by the Committee following a competitive tender process. FIT provides advice to the Committee on all 
matters relating to remuneration, including best practice. FIT provided no other services to the Group and accordingly 
the Committee was satisfied that the advice provided by FIT was objective and independent. FIT’s fees in respect of the 
year ended 30 April 2018 were £29,000. FIT’s fees were charged on the basis of the firm’s standard terms of business for 
advice provided.

Implementation of Policy in the year ending 30 April 2019
Executive Directors
Base salary
 − Steve Parkin’s base salary for the year ending 30 April 2019 is £419,297 (2018: £411,075, 2.0% increase). Tony Mannix’s base 
salary for the year ending 30 April 2019 is £281,520 (from 1 September 2017: £276,000, 2.0% increase), and David Hodkin’s 
base salary for the year ending 30 April 2019 is £222,360 (from 1 September 2017: £218,000, 2.0% increase). The 2% increase  
is in line with increases for staff generally.

Pension
 − Contribution rates for Executive Directors are as follows (expressed as percentages of base salary): Tony Mannix – 10% and 

David Hodkin – 15%. Steve Parkin will receive a contribution of £10,000. These are unchanged from the financial year ended 
30 April 2018.

Benefits
 − Details of the benefits received by Executive Directors are set out in note 1 to the single figure table on page 48.
 − There is no intention to introduce additional benefits in the financial year ending 30 April 2019.

Annual Incentive Plan for the year ending 30 April 2019
 − The AIP maximum is 50% of base salary. This is unchanged from the financial year ended 30 April 2018.
 − Performance measures for the AIP in the year to 30 April 2019 will be based on EBIT (adjusted for certain matters in the 

Committee’s judgment). The Committee selected EBIT (adjusted, where necessary) as the performance measure for the 
AIP for the year ending 30 April 2019 as it is regarded as a key performance indicator for the Group. Given the competitive 
nature of the Group’s sectors, the specific performance targets for the AIP are considered to be commercially sensitive  
and accordingly are not disclosed. Following the conclusion of the current financial year, the Committee’s intention is  
to disclose the performance targets for the current financial year on a retrospective basis.

50

 Clipper Logistics plc GovernancePerformance Share Plan for the year ending 30 April 2019
 − Award levels are proposed at 100% of base salary for each Executive Director. This is unchanged from the financial year 

ended 30 April 2018.

 − The performance measures and targets for this award will be based on diluted EPS performance (adjusted in the 

Committee’s judgment for one-off items, where necessary).

 − The Committee selected this performance measure because growth in earnings is a key measure of success for the Group.
 − The performance targets for the EPS measure for awards to be made in the year ending 30 April 2019 are proposed as 

9.2% CAGR (25% vests) to 16.75% CAGR (100% vests). The targets will be measured over three financial years to 30 April 2021. 
There will be straight-line vesting between these thresholds.

 − In addition, as an underpin no part of a PSP award will vest unless the Committee is satisfied as to the Company’s general 

financial performance during the performance period to 30 April 2021.

 − PSP awards to Executive Directors will be subject to a holding period so that any performance vested awards may not be 

released for a further two years from the third anniversary of the original award date. 

Non‑Executive Directors
Fees
The base fee payable to each Non-Executive Director is as follows:

 − Stephen Robertson – £47,500;
 − Mike Russell – £47,500; and
 − Ron Series – £65,000 (Senior Independent Director).

Relative importance of spend on pay
The table below shows the Group’s expenditure on remuneration paid to all employees against distributions to shareholders:

£’000

Remuneration paid to all employees of the Group1

Distributions to shareholders

2018

114,872

7,622

2017

% change

94,559

6,400

+21.5%

+19.1%

1.  Total remuneration reflects overall employee costs. See note 5 to the Group Financial Statements for further information.

Comparative Total Shareholder Return (“TSR”)
The DRR regulations require a line graph showing the TSR on a holding of shares in the Company since admission to the 
London Stock Exchange (“Admission”) to the financial year end, as well as the TSR for a hypothetical holding of shares  
in a broad equity market index for the same period. The graph below compares the Company’s TSR to the TSR of the 
FTSE SmallCap Index (excluding investment trusts) over this period.

The FTSE SmallCap Index (excluding investment trusts) was chosen as a comparator as it is most closely aligned with 
Clipper’s activity.

Total Shareholder Return Index (30 May 2014 = 100)

500

400

300

200

100

0

30 May
2014

30 April
2015

30 April
2016

30 April
2017

30 April
2018

Source: Thomson Reuters

Clipper Logistics plc

FTSE SmallCap Index excluding investment trusts

51

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Clipper Logistics plc Company Financial StatementsGroup Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

The DRR regulations also require a table setting out selected details of the remuneration of the Executive Chairman over the 
same period as shown on the TSR graph:

£’000

Year ended 30 April 2018: Steve Parkin

Year ended 30 April 2017: Steve Parkin

Year ended 30 April 2016: Steve Parkin

Year ended 30 April 2015: Steve Parkin

Single figure  
of total 
remuneration 
(£’000)

Annual 
variable 
element award 
rates against 
maximum 
opportunity

Long‑term
 incentive 
vesting rates
 against 
maximum
opportunity

1,035

1,5742

486

518

0.0%

100.0%1

0.0%3

0.0%

20.8%

100.0%

n/a

n/a

1.  The vesting level remains to be confirmed before January 2019.
2.  Figure conformed to total stated in single figure table after re-calculation of LTIP values using share prices at vesting.
3.  Steve Parkin waived his entitlement to his bonus for the year ended 30 April 2017.

Executive Chairman’s relative pay
In accordance with the DRR regulations, we present in the table below the percentage change in the prescribed pay 
elements (salary, taxable benefits and annual bonus outcome) of the Executive Chairman and the average percentage 
change for all Group staff between the year ended 30 April 2017 and the year ended 30 April 2018.

Year‑on‑year % change

Executive Chairman

All employees

Salary

0%

6.5%

Taxable 
benefits

4.3%

7.7%

Annual  
bonus

n/a

-53.6%

AGM voting results
Details of the votes on remuneration matters held at the 2017 AGM are as follows:

Resolution

Votes for

% for

Votes against

% against

Total votes

Withheld

Approve Directors’ Remuneration Report

88,279,568

Approve Remuneration Policy

87,807,973

99.56%

99.03%

386,619

858,214

0.44%

88,666,187

0.97%

88,666,187

0

0

Approve participation by ‘Concert 
Party’ in PSP and Sharesave Plan

40,571,045

81.55%

9,178,978

18.45%

49,750,023

74,009

The Committee understands that the reason for the voting outcome in relation to the ‘Concert Party’ resolution is a concern 
raised by certain governance bodies in relation to the Executive Chairman’s participation in the PSP given the level of his 
existing shareholding in the Company, which is an issue with perceived ‘creeping control’ rather than a remuneration issue. 
However, this participation in the PSP was consistent with the importance of a continued team ethic within the Clipper SMT 
which forms a key part of the Directors’ Remuneration Policy and received strong shareholder support at the 2014 and 
2017 AGMs.

52

 Clipper Logistics plc GovernanceService contracts summary
Each Executive Director has a service contract of indefinite duration with a notice period of twelve months, which may  
be given by the Company or the individual.

The date of each Executive Director’s contract is:
Steve Parkin 30 May 2014 
Tony Mannix 30 May 2014 
David Hodkin 30 May 2014

Non‑Executive Directors
Each Non-Executive Director is engaged for an initial period of three years. The appointments can be renewed following  
the initial three year term. The engagements can be terminated by either party on three months’ notice.

The Non-Executive Directors cannot participate in the Company’s share schemes, are not entitled to pension benefits  
and are not entitled to payment in compensation for early termination of their appointment.

For each Non-Executive Director the effective date of their latest letter of appointment is:
Stephen Robertson 1 May 2017 
Mike Russell 1 May 2017 
Ron Series 1 May 2017

Part B: Policy Report

The Directors’ Remuneration Policy was approved by the Company’s shareholders at the Company’s AGM on  
25 September 2017 and has effect for all payments made to Directors from that date. The Company’s Directors’  
Remuneration Policy is available for inspection in the Company’s 2017 Annual Report and Accounts via its website at:  
www.clippergroup.co.uk/report-accounts/. For ease of reference, the Directors’ Remuneration Policy which was approved  
at the 2017 AGM is included as an appendix to this report.

This report was reviewed and approved by the Board on 16 August 2018 and signed on its behalf by:

Stephen Robertson
Chairman, Remuneration Committee

53

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Clipper Logistics plc Company Financial StatementsGroup Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

Appendix: Directors’ Remuneration Policy 

The following material is the Directors’ Remuneration Policy approved at the 2017 AGM. It is included in this year’s report for 
information only and does not form part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report which is subject to approval by shareholders 
at the 2018 AGM.

Element and purpose

Policy and operation

Maximum

Performance measures

Base salary
This is the core element of 
pay and reflects the 
individual’s role and position 
within the Group with some 
adjustment to reflect their 
capability and contribution.

N/A

Base salaries will be reviewed 
each year by the 
Remuneration Committee.

The Remuneration 
Committee does not  
strictly follow data but uses  
it as a reference point in 
considering, in its judgment, 
the appropriate level of 
salary having regard to other 
relevant factors including 
corporate and individual 
performance and any 
changes in an individual’s 
role and responsibilities.

In the normal course of 
events, the Executive 
Directors’ salaries would not 
normally be increased by 
more than the average 
awarded to staff generally. 
However, given the need  
for a formal cap under  
the DRR regulations, the 
Remuneration Committee 
has further limited the 
maximum salary which it 
may award to Executive 
Directors to the median 
salary level plus 10% for  
that role in the top half  
of the FTSE SmallCap.

Base salary is paid  
monthly in cash.

The Executive Directors may 
receive a car allowance  
or company car, fuel 
allowance, private family 
medical cover and 
insurance benefits.

The Remuneration 
Committee reserves 
discretion to introduce new 
benefits where it concludes 
that it is appropriate to do  
so, having regard to the 
particular circumstances 
and to market practice.

Where appropriate, the 
Group will meet certain  
costs relating to Executive 
Director relocations.

Executive Directors can 
receive pension contributions 
to personal pension 
arrangements, or if a Director 
is impacted by annual or 
lifetime limits on contribution 
levels to qualifying pension 
plans, the balance can be 
paid as a cash supplement.

N/A

It is not possible to prescribe 
the likely change in the cost 
of insured benefits or the cost 
of some of the other reported 
benefits year-to-year, but the 
provision of benefits will 
operate within an annual 
limit of £100,000 (plus a 
further 100% of base salary  
in the case of relocations).

The Remuneration 
Committee will monitor the 
costs in practice and ensure 
that the overall costs do not 
increase by more than the 
Remuneration Committee 
considers appropriate in all 
the circumstances.

The maximum employer’s 
contribution is limited to 15% 
of base salary.

N/A

Benefits
To provide benefits  
valued by recipients.

Pension
To provide  
retirement benefits.

54

 Clipper Logistics plc GovernanceElement and purpose

Policy and operation

Maximum

Performance measures

The maximum level of AIP 
outcomes is 50% of base 
salary p.a. for the duration  
of this Policy.

Annual Incentive Plan 
(“AIP”)
To motivate executives  
and incentivise delivery  
of performance over a 
one-year operating cycle, 
focusing on the short to 
medium term elements  
of our strategic aims.

AIP levels and the 
appropriateness of measures 
are reviewed annually at  
the commencement of  
each financial year to  
ensure they continue to 
support our strategy.

Once set, performance 
measures and targets will 
generally remain unchanged 
for the year, except to reflect 
events such as corporate 
acquisitions or other major 
transactions where the 
Remuneration Committee 
considers it to be necessary 
in its opinion to make 
appropriate adjustments.

AIP outcomes are paid in cash 
following the determination  
of achievement against 
performance measures  
and targets.

Malus and clawback 
provisions apply to the AIP 
as explained in more detail  
in the notes to this table.

The performance measures 
applied may be financial or 
non-financial and corporate, 
divisional or individual and in 
such proportions as the 
Remuneration Committee 
considers appropriate.

Attaining the threshold level 
of performance for any 
measure will not produce 
a pay-out of more than 20%  
of the maximum portion of 
overall AIP attributable to 
that measure, with a sliding 
scale to full pay-out for 
maximum performance.

However, the AIP remains a 
discretionary arrangement 
and the Remuneration 
Committee retains a standard 
power to apply its judgment 
to adjust the outcome of the 
AIP for any performance 
measure (from zero to any 
cap) should it consider  
that to be appropriate.

55

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Clipper Logistics plc Company Financial StatementsGroup Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

Element and purpose

Policy and operation

Maximum

Performance measures

Long‑Term Incentives 
(“LTI”) 
To motivate and incentivise 
delivery of sustained 
performance over the 
long-term, and to promote 
alignment with shareholders’ 
interests, the Group operates 
a Performance Share Plan 
(“PSP”).

Share ownership guidelines
To further align the interests 
of Executive Directors with 
those of shareholders.

Awards under the PSP  
may be granted as nil-cost 
options or conditional 
awards of shares which vest 
to the extent performance 
conditions are satisfied  
over a period of at least  
three years.

Under the PSP rules, vested 
awards may also be settled 
in cash.

The PSP rules allow that the 
number of shares subject  
to vested PSP awards may  
be increased to reflect the 
value of dividends that would 
have been paid in respect  
of any dividend dates falling 
between the grant of awards 
and the vesting of awards. 
Whilst this feature does not 
currently operate for awards, 
the Remuneration Committee 
retains discretion to introduce 
this feature during the period 
of this policy.

Malus and clawback 
provisions apply to PSP 
awards and are explained  
in more detail in the notes  
to this table.

Executive Directors are 
expected to retain all of  
the ordinary shares vesting 
under the PSP, after any 
disposals for the payment of 
applicable taxes, until they 
have achieved the required 
level of shareholding.

The PSP allows for awards 
over shares with a maximum 
value of 150% of base salary 
per financial year.

The Remuneration Committee 
expressly reserves discretion  
to make such awards as it 
considers appropriate within 
these limits.

The Remuneration 
Committee may set such 
performance conditions on 
PSP awards as it considers 
appropriate (whether 
financial or non-financial 
and whether corporate, 
divisional or individual).

Once set, performance 
measures and targets will 
generally remain unaltered 
unless events occur which, in 
the Remuneration Committee’s 
opinion, make it appropriate  
to substitute, vary or waive the 
performance conditions in such 
manner as the Remuneration 
Committee thinks fit.

Performance periods may  
be over such periods as the 
Remuneration Committee 
selects at grant, which will 
not be less than (but may 
be longer than) three years.

No more than 25% of  
awards vest for attaining  
the threshold level of 
performance conditions.

100% of salary for all 
Executive Directors.

N/A

The Remuneration 
Committee reserves the 
power to amend (but  
not reduce) these levels  
in future years.

56

 Clipper Logistics plc GovernanceElement and purpose

Policy and operation

Maximum

Performance measures

All‑employee  
share plans 
To encourage share 
ownership by employees, 
thereby allowing them  
to share in the long-term 
success of the Group and 
align their interests with  
those of the shareholders.

The Sharesave Plan is an 
all-employee share plan 
established under the  
HMRC tax-advantaged 
regime and follows the  
usual form for such plans.

The exercise price of the 
options is usually equal to  
the market price of the 
shares at the date of 
invitation to participate less 
a maximum discount of 20%.

Consistent with normal 
practice, such awards  
are not subject to 
performance conditions.

Executive Directors are 
able to participate in 
all-employee share plans 
on the same terms as other 
Group employees.

The maximum amount that 
can be invested in the plan 
will not exceed the statutory 
limit from time to time 
(currently £500 pcm).

The options vest on the  
third anniversary of  
the commencement  
of the savings period.

Non‑Executive Director fees 
To enable the Group to  
recruit and retain Non-
Executive Directors of the 
highest calibre, at the 
appropriate cost.

The fees paid to Non- 
Executive Directors aim  
to be competitive 
with other fully listed 
companies of equivalent  
size and complexity.

Fees are paid monthly  
in cash.

N/A

Any increases made will be 
appropriately disclosed.

The fees payable to the 
Non-Executive Directors are 
determined by the Board.

Notes to the Policy Table
1. Malus and clawback
Malus (being the forfeiture of unvested awards) and clawback (being the ability of the Company to claim repayment of  
paid amounts as a debt) provisions apply to the AIP and PSP if, in the opinion of the Remuneration Committee, any of the 
following has occurred:

 − there has been a material misstatement of the Group’s financial results which has led to an overpayment;
 − the assessment of performance targets is based on an error or inaccurate or misleading information or assumptions;
 − circumstances warranting summary dismissal; or
 − any other act or omission that has had a sufficiently significant impact on the reputation of the Group to justify the 

operation of malus/clawback.

Amounts in respect of awards under both plans may be subject to clawback for up to three years post payment or vesting 
as appropriate.

2. Stating maximum amounts for the Remuneration Policy
The DRR regulations and related investor guidance encourages companies to disclose a cap within which each element  
of the Directors’ Remuneration Policy will operate. Where maximum amounts for elements of remuneration have been set 
within the Directors’ Remuneration Policy, these will operate simply as caps and are not indicative of any aspiration.

3. Travel and hospitality
While the Remuneration Committee does not consider it to form part of benefits in the normal usage of that term, it has 
been advised that corporate hospitality (whether paid for by the Group or another company) and business travel for  
Directors (and exceptionally their families) may technically come within the applicable rules and so the Remuneration 
Committee expressly reserves the right for the Remuneration Committee to authorise such activities within its agreed policies.

57

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Clipper Logistics plc Company Financial StatementsGroup Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

4. Differences between the policy on remuneration for Directors from the policy on remuneration of other employees
Where the Group’s pay policy for Directors differs to its pay policies for groups of employees, this reflects the appropriate 
market rate position for the relevant roles. The Company takes into account pay levels, bonus opportunity and share awards 
applied across the Group as a whole when setting the Directors’ Remuneration Policy.

5. Discretions reserved in operating incentive plans
The Committee will operate the AIP and PSP according to their respective rules and the above Directors’ Remuneration Policy 
table. The Committee retains certain discretions, consistent with market practice, in relation to the operation and 
administration of these plans including:

 − the timing of awards and payments;
 − the size of awards, within the overall limits disclosed in the policy table;
 − the determination of performance measures and targets and resultant vesting and pay-out levels;
 − (as described in the termination payment policy section below) determination of the treatment of individuals who leave 
employment, based on the rules of the incentive plans, and the treatment of the incentive plans on exceptional events, 
such as a change of control of the Company; and

 − the ability to make adjustments to existing awards made under the incentive plans in certain circumstances (e.g. rights 

issues, corporate restructurings or special dividends).

While performance conditions will generally remain unchanged once set, the Committee has the usual discretions to amend 
the measures, weightings and targets in exceptional circumstances (such as a major transaction) where the original conditions 
would cease to operate as intended. Any such changes would be explained in the subsequent Directors’ Remuneration Report 
and, if appropriate, be the subject of consultation with the Company’s major shareholders.

6. Previous Policies
The Company will honour all pre-existing commitments made under previous policies in accordance with the terms 
of such commitments.

Recruitment remuneration policy
In terms of the principles for setting a package for a new Executive Director, the starting point for the Committee will be to 
apply the general policy for Executive Directors as set out above and structure a package in accordance with that policy. 
Consistent with the DRR regulations, the caps contained within the policy for fixed pay do not apply to new recruits, although 
the Committee would not envisage exceeding these caps in practice.

The AIP and PSP will operate (including the maximum award levels) as detailed in the general policy in relation to any newly 
appointed Executive Director. For an internal appointment, any variable pay element awarded in respect of the prior role  
may either continue on its original terms or be adjusted to reflect the new appointment as appropriate.

For external and internal appointments, the Committee may agree that the Company will meet certain relocation expenses 
as it considers appropriate.

For external candidates, it may be necessary to make additional awards to buy-out awards forfeited by the individual on 
leaving a previous employer.

For the avoidance of doubt, buy-out awards are not subject to a formal cap. Details of any buy-out awards will be 
appropriately disclosed.

For any buy-outs the Company will not pay more than is, in the view of the Committee, necessary and will in all cases seek, 
in the first instance, to deliver any such awards under the terms of the existing AIP and PSP. It may, however, be necessary  
in some cases to make buy-out awards on terms that are more bespoke than the existing AIP and PSP (including in reliance  
on UKLA Listing Rule 9.4.2).

All buy-outs, whether under the AIP, PSP or otherwise, will take account of the service obligations and performance 
requirements for any remuneration relinquished by the individual when leaving a previous employer. The Committee  
will seek to make buy-outs subject to what are, in its opinion, comparable requirements in respect of, service and 
performance. However, the Committee may choose to relax this requirement in certain cases (such as where the service  
and/or performance requirements are materially completed, or where such factors are, in the view of the Committee, 
reflected in some other way, such as a significant discount to the face value of the awards forfeited) and where the 
Committee considers it to be in the interests of shareholders.

A new Non-Executive Director would be recruited on the terms explained above in respect of the main policy for such Directors.

58

 Clipper Logistics plc GovernanceTermination policy summary
It is appropriate for the Committee to consider treatments on a termination having regard to all of the relevant facts and 
circumstances available at that time. This policy applies both to any negotiations linked to notice periods on a termination 
and any treatments that the Committee may choose to apply under the discretions available to it under the terms of the AIP 
and PSP plans. The potential treatments on termination under these plans are summarised below:

Incentives

Annual Incentive Plan

Performance Share Plan

If a leaver is deemed to be 
a ‘good leaver’; for example,  
leaving through death or 
otherwise at the discretion 
of the Committee

Committee has discretion 
to determine AIP. 

Will receive a pro-rated  
award subject to the 
application of the  
performance conditions  
at the end of the normal 
performance period.

Committee retains standard 
discretions to either vary time 
pro-rating or to allow vesting 
after the date of cessation 
(determining the performance 
conditions at that time).

If a leaver is deemed to be 
a ‘bad leaver’; for example, 
leaving for disciplinary reasons 
or to join a competitor

No awards made.

All awards will  
normally lapse.

Other exceptional cases;  
e.g. change in control

Committee has discretion 
to determine AIP.

Will receive a pro-rated 
award subject to the 
application of the 
performance conditions  
at the date of the event, 
subject to standard 
Committee discretions  
to vary time pro-rating.

The Company has power to enter into settlement agreements with executives and to pay compensation to settle potential 
legal claims. In addition, and consistent with market practice, in the event of termination of an Executive Director, the Company 
may pay a contribution towards the individual’s legal fees and fees for outplacement services as part of a negotiated settlement. 
Any such fees would be disclosed as part of the detail of termination arrangements. For the avoidance of doubt, the policy does 
not include an explicit cap on the cost of termination payments.

In the event of cessation of a Non-Executive Director’s appointment, they would be entitled to a three month notice period.

External appointments
Where Executive Directors serve on the boards of other companies in a non-executive role, the individuals are permitted 
to retain any fees earned for acting as a non-executive director.

Statement of consideration of employment conditions elsewhere in the Group
Pay and employment conditions generally in the Group are taken into account when setting Executive Directors’ remuneration. 
The Committee receives regular updates on overall pay and conditions in the Group, including (but not limited to) changes in 
base pay and any staff bonus pools in operation. There is also oversight of the all-employee Sharesave Plan which Executive 
Directors and all other Group employees can participate in on the same terms and conditions.

The Company did not consult with employees in drawing up this Remuneration Report.

Statement of consideration of shareholder views
The Committee welcomes feedback from all shareholders and from shareholder representative bodies. As explained in the 
Committee Chairman’s introductory statement, in 2016 the Committee engaged with shareholder and representative bodies 
to discuss the continued operation of our current policy, including the inclusion of our Executive Chairman and other ‘Concert 
Party’ individuals in our PSP.

59

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Clipper Logistics plc Company Financial StatementsGroup Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

Illustrations of application of remuneration policy (£’000)

Executive Chairman – Steve Parkin

CEO – Tony Mannix

CFO – David Hodkin

1,200

1,000

800

600

400

200

0

£1,131

37%

19%

£733

15%

17%

£501

100%

68%

44%

£490

15%

17%

£334

£757

37%

19%

100%

68%

44%

£257

£381

15%
17%

100%

68%

£592

38%

19%

43%

Minimum

In line with
expectation

Maximum

Minimum

In line with
expectation

Maximum

Minimum

In line with
expectation

Maximum

Total fixed pay

Annual Incentive Plan

Long-term Incentives

The charts above aim to show how the remuneration policy set out above for Executive Directors is applied using the 
following assumptions:

 − Consists of base salary, benefits and pension.

 − Base salary is the salary to be paid in the year ending 30 April 2019.

 − Benefits measured as benefits paid in the year ended 30 April 2018 as set out in the single figure table.

Minimum

 − Pension measured as the defined contribution or cash allowance in lieu of Company contributions, as a 
percentage of salary (£10,000 for Steve Parkin, 10% for Tony Mannix and 15% in the case of David Hodkin).

£’000

Steve Parkin

Tony Mannix

David Hodkin

Base Salary

Benefits

Pension

Total Fixed

419

282

222

72

24

2

10

28

33

501

334

257

In line with 
expectations

Based on what the Director would receive if performance was on-target (excl. share price appreciation 
and dividends):

 − STI: consists of the on-target bonus of 60% of maximum opportunity.
 − LTI: consists of the threshold level of vesting (25% vesting), plus the fair value of full investment in the 

Sharesave Plan (£1,200).

Based on the maximum remuneration receivable (excl. share price appreciation and dividends):

Maximum

 − STI: consists of maximum bonus of 50% of base salary.
 − LTI: consists of the face value of awards (100% of salary), plus the fair value of full investment in the 

Sharesave Plan (£1,200).

60

 Clipper Logistics plc Governance 
Directors’ Report

The Directors are pleased to present 
their report and the audited Financial 
Statements of Clipper Logistics plc for 
the year ended 30 April 2018.

The Corporate Governance Report on 
pages 38 to 41 and the “Our People” 
and “Sustainability” sections of the 
Strategic Report (with regard to 
information about the employment  
of disabled persons, employee 
involvement and greenhouse gas 
emissions) are also incorporated into 
this report by reference.

The Company has chosen, in 
accordance with section 414C (11) of 
the Companies Act 2006 to include  
the disclosure of particulars of likely 
future developments in the Strategic 
Report (see pages 1 to 35).

Financial risk management
The Group’s business activities, together 
with the factors likely to affect its future 
development, performance and 
position are set out in the Operating 
and Financial Review on pages 30 to 
35, along with the financial position of 
the Group, its cash flows and liquidity.

In addition, note 26 to the Group 
Financial Statements includes the 
Group’s objectives, policies and 
processes for capital and financial risk 
management, including information  
on the Group’s exposures to market risk, 
including foreign currency, interest rate, 
inflation and equity price risks; details of 
its financial instruments and hedging 
activities; and its exposures to credit risk 
and liquidity risk.

Results and dividends
The consolidated profit for the  
Group for the year after taxation  
was £14.3 million (2017: £12.5 million). 
The results are discussed in greater 
detail in the Operating and Financial 
Review on pages 30 to 35 and set out 
in the Group Income Statement on 
page 70.

The Directors are recommending the 
payment on 1 October 2018 of a final 
dividend of 5.6 pence per ordinary 
share to shareholders on the register at 
the close of business on 7 September 
2018 which, together with the interim 
dividend of 2.8 pence per ordinary 
share paid on 5 January 2018, results 
in a total dividend for the year of 
8.4 pence per share (2017: 7.2 pence).

Directors
The names and biographies of the current Directors of the Company are set out on 
pages 36 and 37 of this Annual Report.

The following Directors served the Company during the year ended 30 April 2018:

Name

Position

Steven (Steve) Nicholas Parkin

Executive Chairman

Antony (Tony) Gerard Mannix

Chief Executive Officer

David Arthur Hodkin

Chief Financial Officer

Ronald (Ron) Charles Series1

Senior Independent Non-Executive Director

Stephen Peter Robertson

Independent Non-Executive Director

Michael (Mike) John Russell

Independent Non-Executive Director

Paul Nigel Hampden Smith2

Senior Independent Non-Executive Director

1.  Ron Series became Senior Independent Non-Executive Director with effect from 12 July 2017 

(formerly Independent Non-Executive Director).

2.  Paul Hampden Smith retired with effect from 12 July 2017.

Articles of Association
The Articles of Association (adopted by 
special resolution on 15 May 2014) (the 
“Articles”) may only be amended by 
special resolution of the shareholders.  
A copy of the Articles is available on 
request from the Company Secretary.

Directors’ share interests
Details of the Directors’ interests in the 
Company’s shares are included in the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report on 
page 49.

Directors’ indemnities
The Company provided indemnities 
to each of its Directors during the year 
ended 30 April 2018 in accordance  
with the provisions of the Company’s 
Articles, allowing the indemnification  
of Directors out of the assets of the 
Company to the extent permitted by 
law. These indemnities constitute 
qualifying indemnities for the purposes 
of the Companies Act 2006 and remain 
in force at the date of approval of this 
report without any payment having 
been made under them.

Directors’ and officers’  
liability insurance
Directors’ and officers’ liability 
insurance cover is in place at the  
date of this report. The Board remains 
satisfied that an appropriate level of 
cover is in place and a review of cover 
will take place on an annual basis.

Compensation for loss of office
There are no agreements between the 
Company and its Directors or employees 
providing for compensation for loss of 
office or employment that occurs as a 
result of a takeover bid. Further details of 
the Directors’ service contracts can be 
found in the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report on pages 46 to 60.

Significant contracts
The only significant contract involving 
any Director or controlling shareholder 
of the Company during the year was 
the Relationship Agreement (referred  
to later in this report) entered into 
between the Company and  
Steve Parkin and Carlton Court 
Investments Limited. 

Share capital structure
Details of the Company’s share capital 
are set out in note 22 to the Group 
Financial Statements on page 94. 
During the year the Company issued:

 − 250,000 new ordinary shares of  

0.05 pence each pursuant to the 
exercise of an option deed granted 
to Numis Securities Limited (the 
company’s brokers);

 − 981,217 new ordinary shares of  

0.05 pence each pursuant to the 
exercise of options granted to 
certain employees of the Company 
under the Company’s Sharesave 
Plan approved by shareholders at 
the 2014 AGM; and

 − 106,338 new ordinary shares of  

0.05 pence each pursuant to the 
exercise of options granted to 
certain employees of the Group 
under the Company’s PSP approved 
by shareholders at the 2014 AGM.

61

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Clipper Logistics plc Company Financial StatementsGroup Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Directors’ Report continued

The Company has a single class of 
share capital divided into ordinary 
shares of 0.05 pence each. The ordinary 
shares are listed on the London Stock 
Exchange. The rights and obligations 
attaching to these shares are governed 
by UK law and the Company’s Articles.

Voting rights attaching to shares
Ordinary shareholders are entitled to 
receive notice and to attend and 
speak at any general meeting of  
the Company. On a show of hands, 
every shareholder present in person  
or by proxy (or being a corporation 
represented by a duly authorised 
representative) shall have one vote, 
and on a poll every shareholder who is 
present in person or by proxy shall have 
one vote for every share of which he or 
she is the holder. The Notice of Annual 
General Meeting specifies deadlines for 
exercising voting rights and appointing 
a proxy or proxies.

Deadlines for exercising voting  
rights attaching to shares
The Articles provide a deadline  
for the submission of proxy forms 
(whether by an instrument in writing  
or electronically) of not less than 
48 hours before the time appointed  
for the holding of the meeting or  
the adjourned meeting.

Shares in uncertificated form
Directors may determine that shares 
may be held in uncertificated form and 
title to such shares may be transferred 
by means of a relevant system or that 
shares should cease to be so held 
and transferred.

Variation of rights attaching  
to shares
The Articles provide that rights attached 
to any class of shares may be varied 
with the written consent of the holders 
of not less than three-quarters in 
nominal value of the issued shares, or 
with the sanction of a special resolution 
passed at a separate general meeting 
of the holders of those shares. At every 
such separate general meeting, the 
quorum shall be two persons holding or 
representing by proxy at least one-third 
in nominal value of the issued shares 
(calculated excluding any shares held 
in treasury). The rights conferred upon 
the holders of any shares shall not, 
unless otherwise expressly provided in 
the rights attaching to those shares, be 
deemed to be varied by the creation  
or issue of further shares ranking pari 
passu with them.

62

Restrictions on the transfer of shares
There are no restrictions on the transfer 
of the ordinary shares other than:

 − the standard restrictions for a 

UK-quoted company where any 
amount is unpaid on a share;
 − where, from time to time, certain 

restrictions may become imposed by 
laws and regulations (for example, 
insider trading laws and market 
regulations relating to close periods); 
and

 − pursuant to the Listing Rules of  

the Financial Conduct Authority 
whereby certain Directors, officers or 
employees of the Company require 
the approval of the Company to 
deal in the ordinary shares.

On 30 May 2014 each of the Executive 
Directors (save for Steve Parkin) and 
certain persons who held ordinary 
shares after the Company’s Admission 
or whose associates held such shares 
entered into an agreement with Steve 
Parkin agreeing to certain restrictions 
on their ability (and that of their family) 
to dispose of ordinary shares in which 
they are interested for a period of five 
years from the date of Admission.  
Under the terms of the agreement, the 
obligors may not dispose of any interest 
in the ordinary shares held by them at 
Admission until the fourth year of the 
five year period. During the fourth 
year of the period, each obligor may 
dispose of up to one third of the 
ordinary shares in which he is interested 
at Admission. During the fifth year of 
the five year period, each obligor may 
dispose of up to two thirds of the 
ordinary shares in which he is interested 
at Admission (less a number equal to 
those ordinary shares sold during the 
prior year (if any)).

Authority to purchase own shares
A resolution to authorise the Company 
to purchase up to 10,000,000 ordinary 
shares of 0.05 pence each (representing 
less than 10% of the Company’s issued 
ordinary share capital) will be proposed 
at the 2018 AGM.

As at 16 August 2018, being the latest 
practicable date prior to the publication 
of this report, the Company did not 
hold any shares in treasury.

Appointment and replacement  
of Directors
Unless determined by ordinary 
resolution of the Company, the number 
of Directors shall not be less than two or 
more than 12 in number. A Director is 
not required to hold any shares in the 
Company by way of qualification.

The Board may appoint any person to 
be a Director and such Director shall 
hold office only until the next AGM, 
when he or she shall be eligible for 
appointment by the shareholders. 
The articles provide that at each AGM, 
one-third of the Directors for the time 
being (or, if their number is not a 
multiple of three, then the number 
nearest to but not less than one-third) 
shall retire from office. A Director who 
retires at any AGM shall be eligible for 
re-appointment. In addition, any 
Director appointed by the Board shall 
hold office only until the next AGM and 
shall then be eligible for appointment.

On 30 May 2014, the Company entered 
into an agreement (the “Relationship 
Agreement”) with Steve Parkin and his 
nominee company Carlton Court 
Investments Limited (the “Controlling 
Shareholders”). Pursuant to that 
agreement the Company has agreed 
with the Controlling Shareholders that 
the Controlling Shareholders shall be 
entitled to appoint and remove one 
Director to the Board so long as the 
Controlling Shareholders (and/or any of 
their associates) ,when taken together, 
hold 25% or more of the voting rights 
over the Company’s issued shares. 
Where any Controlling Shareholder  
has already been nominated to the 
Board as a Director himself such 
appointment will reduce the number  
of persons which the Controlling 
Shareholders are entitled to nominate 
for appointment by one.

Any person appointed by the 
Controlling Shareholders to the Board 
may be removed by the Controlling 
Shareholders by notice in writing.

Relationship Agreement with 
Controlling Shareholders
Carlton Court Investments Limited 
(“Carlton”) holds 24.75% of the issued 
share capital of the Company and, 
together with its concert parties, controls 
38.58% of the issued share capital of  
the Company. As such Carlton is a 
Controlling Shareholder as defined in  
the Listing Rules. Carlton is controlled by 
Steve Parkin. Steve Parkin and Carlton 
have entered into, and the Company’s 
relationship with them is governed by the 
terms of, the Relationship Agreement 
referred to above, the principal purpose 
of which is to ensure that the Company 
and the Group is capable of carrying  
on its business independently of the 
Controlling Shareholders and that any 
transactions and relationships with the 
Controlling Shareholders are conducted 
at arm’s length and on normal 
commercial terms.

 Clipper Logistics plc GovernanceThe Controlling Shareholders have 
agreed to procure that their associates 
also comply with the Relationship 
Agreement. The Relationship Agreement 
will continue for so long as the Company 
is listed on the main market for listed 
securities of the London Stock Exchange 
and the Controlling Shareholders and 
their associates own or control at least 
25% of the Company’s issued share 
capital or voting rights.

The Listing Rules require premium listed 
companies with controlling shareholders 
to provide a confirmation in their annual 
reports that all of the independence 
provisions contained in their agreements 
have been complied with.

In line with this requirement, the 
Board has assessed the Controlling 
Shareholders’ and Company’s 
compliance with the Relationship 
Agreement’s independence 
requirements and has assessed 
compliance with these requirements 
during the period under review. As such, 
the Board can confirm that since the 
entry into the Relationship Agreement 
on 30 May 2014 until 16 August 2018, 
being the latest practicable date prior 
to the publication of this Annual Report 
and Accounts:

 − the Company has complied with the 
independence provisions included 
in the Relationship Agreement;

 − so far as the Company is aware, the 
independence provisions included 
in the Relationship Agreement have 
been complied with by each of the 
Controlling Shareholders and their 
associates and also by the 
Company; and

 − so far as the Company is aware, the 
procurement obligation included in 
the Relationship Agreement has 
been complied with by each of the 
Controlling Shareholders.

Power of Directors
Subject to the Articles, the Companies 
Act 2006 and any directions given by 
special resolution, the business of the 
Company shall be managed by the 
Board which may exercise all the powers 
of the Company to, for example, borrow 
money; mortgage or charge any of its 
undertaking, property and uncalled 
capital; and issue debentures and 
other securities, whether outright or as 
collateral security for any debt, liability 
or obligation of the Company.

Greenhouse gas emissions
The Group’s disclosures on greenhouse 
gas emissions can be found in the 
Sustainability section of the Strategic 
Report on pages 28 and 29 and form 
part of the Directors’ Report.

Employment policies
Arrangements for consulting and 
involving Group employees on matters 
affecting their interests at work, and 
informing them of the performance  
of their employing business and  
the Group, are developed in ways 
appropriate to each business. Various 
approaches are adopted aimed at 
encouraging the involvement of 
employees in effective communication 
and consultation, and the contribution 
of productive ideas at all levels.

Employment policies are designed to 
provide equal opportunities irrespective 
of race, caste, national origin, religion, 
age, disability, gender, marital status, 
sexual orientation or political affiliation. 
Group policy is to ensure that disabled 
applicants for employment are given 
full and fair consideration having 
regard to their particular aptitudes  
and abilities, and that existing disabled 
employees are given equal access  
to training, career development and 
promotion opportunities. In the event of 
existing employees becoming disabled, 
all reasonable means will be explored 
to achieve retention in employment in 
the same or an alternative capacity, 
including arranging appropriate 
training. Further details in relation to  
the Group’s employment policy are set 
out in the ‘Our People’ section of the 
Strategic Report on pages 24 to 27.

Significant agreements
There are a number of agreements 
which, subject to any discussions with 
relevant parties, could terminate upon 
a change of control of the Company 
such as commercial contracts, bank 
loan agreements, property lease 
arrangements and employees’ share 
plans. None of these individually is 
considered to be significant in terms  
of their likely impact on the business  
of the Group as a whole.

Political donations
The Company has made no political 
donations since Admission on 4 June 
2014 and intends to continue its policy 
of not doing so.

Charitable donations
During the year to 30 April 2018, the 
Group made charitable donations 
totalling £48,000 (2017: £59,000).

Audit information
Each of the Directors at the date of the 
approval of this report confirms that:

 − so far as he is aware, there is no 

relevant audit information of which 
the Group’s auditor is unaware; and

 − he has taken all the reasonable 

steps that he ought to have taken as 
a Director to make himself aware of 
any relevant audit information and 
to establish that the Group’s auditor 
is aware of the information.

The confirmation is given and should  
be interpreted in accordance with  
the provisions of section 418 of the 
Companies Act 2006.

Auditor
The auditor, KPMG LLP, has indicated its 
willingness to continue in office and a 
resolution seeking to re-appoint KPMG 
LLP will be proposed at the AGM.

63

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Clipper Logistics plc Company Financial StatementsGroup Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Directors’ Report continued

Major interests in shares
As at 15 August 2018, being the last practicable date prior to publication of this report, the Company had been advised,  
in accordance with the Disclosure and Transparency Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority, of the following notifiable 
interests (whether directly or indirectly held) in 3% or more of its voting rights:

Number of 
voting rights

25,128,000

12,160,173

6,424,945

5,150,000

5,149,286

5,000,000

4,409,233

3,442,500

%

24.75

11.98

6.33

5.07

5.07

4.93

4.34

3.39

Notification received from

Carlton Court Investments Limited1

Liontrust Asset Management

SOMLIE Limited

Franklin Templeton Fund Management

Unicorn Asset Management

The Chima Settlement

Royal London Asset Management

Montanaro Investment Managers

1.  Ultimately controlled by Steve Parkin, Executive Chairman.

Going concern
After making enquiries, the Directors 
have a reasonable expectation that 
the Company and the Group have 
adequate resources to continue  
in operational existence for the 
foreseeable future. In making this 
assessment they have considered  
the Company and Group budgets  
and cash flow forecasts for the period 
to 30 April 2021. The Company has 
considerable financial resources, 
negligible liquidity risk and is operating 
within a sector that is experiencing 
growing demand for its services. The 
Directors therefore have a reasonable 
expectation that the Company and  
the Group have adequate resources  
to continue in operational existence  
for the foreseeable future. Thus they 
continue to adopt the going concern 
basis of accounting in preparing the 
annual Financial Statements. Further 
information is disclosed in the Viability 
Statement on page 23 and note 2.2 to 
the Group Financial Statements.

Annual General Meeting
The Company’s AGM will be held 
at Clipper Logistics, Carlton Court, 
Gelderd Road, Leeds, LS12 6LT on 
28 September 2018 at 11.00am. 
Details of the meeting venue and  
the resolutions to be proposed are  
set out in a Notice of Meeting which  
will be issued under separate cover.

The Directors consider that all of the 
proposed resolutions are in the best 
interests of the Company and its 
shareholders as a whole. It is the 
Directors’ recommendation that 
shareholders support the proposed 
resolutions and vote in favour of them, 
as each of the Directors intends to do.

The Directors’ Report has been 
approved by the Board of Directors  
of Clipper Logistics plc.

Signed on behalf of the Board by:

Guy Jackson
Company Secretary 
16 August 2018

Clipper Logistics plc 
Registered Office: 
Gelderd Road 
Leeds LS12 6LT

Company No. 03042024

64

 Clipper Logistics plc GovernanceStatement of Directors’ Responsibilities
in respect of the Annual Report and the Financial Statements 

We consider the Annual Report and the 
Financial Statements, taken as a whole, 
is fair, balanced and understandable 
and provides the information necessary 
for shareholders to assess the Group’s 
position and performance, business 
model and strategy. 

Approved by the Board and signed  
on its behalf by:

Steve Parkin
Executive Chairman 
16 August 2018

David Hodkin
Chief Financial Officer 
16 August 2018

The Directors are responsible for 
preparing the Annual Report and 
the Group and Company Financial 
Statements in accordance with 
applicable law and regulations. 

Company law requires the directors to 
prepare group and parent company 
financial statements for each financial 
year. Under that law they are required 
to prepare the group financial 
statements in accordance with 
International Financial Reporting 
Standards as adopted by the European 
Union (IFRSs as adopted by the EU) and 
applicable law and have elected to 
prepare the parent company financial 
statements in accordance with UK 
accounting standards, including FRS 
101 Reduced Disclosure Framework. 

Under company law the directors must 
not approve the financial statements 
unless they are satisfied that they give 
a true and fair view of the state of 
affairs of the group and parent 
company and of their profit or loss 
for that period. In preparing each 
of the group and parent company 
financial statements, the directors 
are required to: 

 − select suitable accounting policies 
and then apply them consistently; 
 − make judgments and estimates that 
are reasonable, relevant, reliable 
and prudent; 

 − for the group financial statements, 
state whether they have been 
prepared in accordance with IFRSs 
as adopted by the EU; 

 − for the parent company financial 

statements, state whether 
applicable UK accounting standards 
have been followed, subject to any 
material departures disclosed and 
explained in the parent company 
financial statements; 

 − assess the group and parent 

company’s ability to continue as  
a going concern, disclosing, as 
applicable, matters related to  
going concern; and 

 − use the going concern basis of 

accounting unless they either intend 
to liquidate the group or the parent 
company or to cease operations, or 
have no realistic alternative but to 
do so. 

The directors are responsible for keeping 
adequate accounting records that are 
sufficient to show and explain the parent 
company’s transactions and disclose 
with reasonable accuracy at any time 
the financial position of the parent 
company and enable them to ensure 
that its financial statements comply 
with the Companies Act 2006. They are 
responsible for such internal control as 
they determine is necessary to enable 
the preparation of financial statements 
that are free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error, and have 
general responsibility for taking such 
steps as are reasonably open to them 
to safeguard the assets of the group 
and to prevent and detect fraud and 
other irregularities. 

Under applicable law and regulations, 
the directors are also responsible for 
preparing a strategic report, directors’ 
report, directors’ remuneration report 
and corporate governance statement 
that comply with that law and  
those regulations. 

The directors are responsible for the 
maintenance and integrity of the 
corporate and financial information 
included on the company’s website. 
Legislation in the UK governing the 
preparation and dissemination of 
financial statements may differ from 
legislation in other jurisdictions. 

Responsibility statement of the 
Directors in respect of the Annual 
Report and the Financial Statements
We confirm that to the best of 
our knowledge: 

 − the Financial Statements, prepared 
in accordance with the applicable 
set of accounting standards, give  
a true and fair view of the assets, 
liabilities, financial position and profit 
or loss of the Company and the 
undertakings included in the 
consolidation taken as a whole; and 

 − the Strategic Report and Directors’ 
Report include a fair review of the 
development and performance of 
the business and the position of the 
issuer and the undertakings included 
in the consolidation taken as a whole, 
together with a description of the 
principal risks and uncertainties that 
they face. 

65

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Clipper Logistics plc Company Financial StatementsGroup Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Independent Auditor’s Report
to the members of Clipper Logistics plc

1. Our opinion is unmodified 
We have audited the Financial 
Statements of Clipper Logistics plc  
(“the Company”) for the year ended 
30 April 2018 which comprise the Group 
income statement, Group statement 
of comprehensive income, Group 
statement of financial position, Group 
statement of changes in equity, Group 
statement of cash flows, Company 
statement of financial position, Company 
statement of changes in equity and the 
related notes, including the accounting 
policies in notes 2 and B. 

In our opinion: 

 − the Financial Statements give a true 
and fair view of the state of the 
Group’s and of the Parent Company’s 
affairs as at 30 April 2018 and of the 
Group’s profit for the year then ended; 

 − the Group Financial Statements 
have been properly prepared in 
accordance with International 
Financial Reporting Standards as 
adopted by the European Union; 

 − the Parent Company Financial 

Statements have been properly 
prepared in accordance with UK 
accounting standards, including FRS 
101 Reduced Disclosure Framework; 
and 

 − the Financial Statements have been 
prepared in accordance with the 
requirements of the Companies Act 
2006 and, as regards the Group 
Financial Statements, Article 4 of 
the IAS Regulation. 

Basis for opinion 
We conducted our audit in 
accordance with International 
Standards on Auditing (UK) (“ISAs 
(UK)”) and applicable law. Our 
responsibilities are described below.  
We believe that the audit evidence 
we have obtained is a sufficient and 
appropriate basis for our opinion. 
Our audit opinion is consistent with 
our report to the Audit Committee. 

We were appointed as auditor by 
the shareholders on 31 March 2016. 
The period of total uninterrupted 
engagement is for the three financial 
years ended 30 April 2018. We have 
fulfilled our ethical responsibilities 
under, and we remain independent 
of the Group in accordance with, UK 
ethical requirements including the FRC 
Ethical Standard as applied to listed 
public interest entities. No non-audit 
services prohibited by that standard 
were provided. 

66

2. Key audit matters: our assessment 
of risks of material misstatement
Key audit matters are those matters that, 
in our professional judgment, were of 
most significance in the audit of the 
Financial Statements and include the 
most significant assessed risks of material 
misstatement (whether or not due to 
fraud) identified by us, including those 
which had the greatest effect on: the 
overall audit strategy; the allocation of 
resources in the audit; and directing the 
efforts of the engagement team. We 
summarise below the key audit matters, 
in decreasing order of audit significance, 
in arriving at our audit opinion above, 
together with our key audit procedures 
to address those matters and, as required 
for public interest entities, our results from 
those procedures. These matters were 
addressed, and our results are based on 
procedures undertaken, in the context 
of, and solely for the purpose of, our audit 
of the Financial Statements as a whole, 
and in forming our opinion thereon, and 
consequently are incidental to that 
opinion, and we do not provide a 
separate opinion on these matters. 

Group and Parent Company:
Accuracy of revenue recognition in 
value‑added logistics (Group 2018: 
£294,294,000; 2017: £251,784,000)
Refer to page 44 (Audit Committee 
Report), page 79 (accounting policy) 
and page 81 (financial disclosures).

The risk
Calculation and cut-off error
Contract and billing terms with 
customers across the value-added 
logistics segment vary significantly 
and include different and complex 
mechanisms for calculating the 
amount payable in respect of services 
delivered. These mechanisms take into 
account delivery against service level 
agreements and require agreement of 
the level of costs incurred in delivering 
the services with customers.

The varied terms, costs and performance 
requirements used to determine revenue 
can lead to complexity around the 
calculation of deferred and accrued 
revenue, and ensuring revenue is 
recognised in the correct period.

Our response
Our procedures included:

 − Tests of details: Inspecting the 

contract terms and billing schedule 
of a sample of key customer 
contracts to form an expectation of 
whether the year end balance sheet 
position would include accrued or 
deferred revenue, which we then 

compared to the actual year 
end balances;

 − Re‑performance: recalculating 
a sample of deferred revenue 
balances using confirmation of 
services provided to customers 
or contracts detailing the specific 
calculation mechanisms where 
available. We also agreed the 
sample to invoices raised before 
the year end and cash receipt 
where possible;

 − Tests of details: agreeing a  
sample of year end accrued 
revenue balances to subsequent 
cash receipts where available or 
alternative evidence, including 
confirmations of services provided 
to customers in the year;

 − Tests of details (Clipper Logistics plc): 

for a sample of invoices raised 
around the year end date reading 
original contract documentation to 
understand if billing is in advance  
or arrears and confirming revenue 
has been accrued or deferred as 
expected. We also agreed amounts 
to subsequent cash receipt where 
available or alternative external 
audit evidence including customer 
confirmation of services received in 
the year;

 − Tests of details (Servicecare 

Support Services Limited): for a 
sample of invoices raised around the 
year end date, assessing whether the 
associated revenue was recognised 
in the correct period and for the 
appropriate amount, by referring 
back to confirmation of services 
provided to customers and where 
possible cash payment; and

 − Assessing transparency: assessing 

the adequacy of the Group’s 
disclosures in respect of the 
accounting policies on revenue 
recognition set out in note 2.20 to 
the Group Financial Statements.

Our results
 − The results of our testing were 

satisfactory and we considered  
the amount of revenue recognised 
to be acceptable (2017 result: 
acceptable); and

 − We consider the Group’s disclosures 
in respect of the accounting policies 
on revenue recognition to be 
acceptable (2017 result: acceptable).

Group: Acquisition accounting 
(£9,557,000 of acquired customer 
relationship intangible assets;  
2017: £nil)
Refer to page 44 (Audit Committee 
Report), page 76 (accounting policy) 
and page 100 (financial disclosures).

 Clipper Logistics plc Group Financial StatementsThe risk
Subjective valuation
The Group acquired RepairTech Limited 
and Tesam Distribution Limited during 
the year, both of which were material 
acquisitions to the Group.

The determination of separately 
identifiable intangible assets arising 
on business combinations is inherently 
judgmental. Valuation of the customer 
relationship intangible assets identified  
by management is complex and 
sensitive to underlying assumptions 
around future cash flows and 
discount rates.

Our response
Our procedures included:

 − Our expertise: assessing the 

appropriateness of the separate 
intangible assets identified and 
valued by management, by 
applying our professional experience 
to the information obtained from our 
inspection of purchase agreements 
and inquiries;

 − Historical comparisons and 
benchmarking assumptions: 
assisted by our valuation specialist, 
assessing management’s valuation 
analysis which was the basis for  
the determination of the fair value  
of intangible assets. We critically 
challenged the key assumptions, 
and in particular evaluated the 
reasonableness of customer attrition 
rates and discount rates. In performing 
this assessment we had regard to the 
performance of the existing business. 
With regard to the discount rate,  
we assessed the extent to which  
the methodology used to calculate 
the discount rate was in line with 
market practice, and assessed the 
appropriateness of the various 
elements of the weighted average 
cost of capital; and

 − Assessing transparency: 

considering the adequacy of the 
Group’s disclosures in respect of 
determining the fair value of the 
intangibles acquired.

Our results
 − The results of our testing were 

satisfactory and we considered the 
identified intangible assets and their 
respective valuations recognised to 
be acceptable.

3. Our application of materiality and 
an overview of the scope of our audit 
Materiality for the Group Financial 
Statements as a whole was set at 
£822,000 (2017: £775,000), determined 
with reference to a benchmark of 
Group profit before income tax, of 
which it represents 5% (2017: 5%).

Materiality for the Parent Company 
Financial Statements as a whole was set 
at £557,000 (2017: £665,000), determined 
with reference to a benchmark of 
Company profit before income tax, 
of which it represents 5% (2017: 5%).

We agreed to report to the Audit 
Committee any corrected or 
uncorrected identified misstatements 
exceeding £41,100, in addition to other 
identified misstatements that warranted 
reporting on qualitative grounds.

The work on one of the five 
components (2017: one of the five 
components) was performed by the 
component auditor and the rest, 
including the audit of the Parent 
Company, was performed by the 
Group team. Of the Group’s ten (2017: 
eight) reporting components, we 
subjected five (2017: five) to full-scope 
audits for Group reporting purposes. 
These procedures covered 98.6% of 
total Group revenue (2017: 99.9%), 
93.5% of Group profit before income  
tax (2017: 100%) and 97.6% of total 
Group assets (2017: 99.5%).

The Group team instructed component 
auditors as to the significant areas to 
be covered, including the relevant risks 
detailed above and the information to 
be reported back. The Group team 
approved the following component 
materiality, having regard to the mix of 
size and risk profile of the Group across 
the components:

 − Clipper Logistics KG: €430,000  

(2017: €400,000).

The Group team visited no locations 
(2017: one component location in 
Germany), to assess the audit risk  
and strategy. Telephone conference 
meetings were held with the component 
auditor. At these meetings, the findings 
reported to the Group team were 
discussed in more detail, and any 
further work required by the Group 
team was then performed by the 
component auditor.

4. We have nothing to report on 
going concern 
We are required to report to you if:

 − we have anything material to add 
or draw attention to in relation to 
the Directors’ statement in note 2.2 
to the Financial Statements on the 
use of the going concern basis of 
accounting with no material 
uncertainties that may cast 
significant doubt over the Group 
and Company’s use of that basis  
for a period of at least twelve 
months from the date of approval  
of the Financial Statements; or 

 − the same statement under the Listing 
Rules is materially inconsistent with 
our audit knowledge. 

We have nothing to report in 
these respects. 

5. We have nothing to report on the 
other information in the Annual Report 
The Directors are responsible for the 
other information presented in the 
Annual Report together with the 
Financial Statements. Our opinion  
on the Financial Statements does  
not cover the other information and, 
accordingly, we do not express an 
audit opinion or, except as explicitly 
stated below, any form of assurance 
conclusion thereon. 

Our responsibility is to read the other 
information and, in doing so, consider 
whether, based on our Financial 
Statements audit work, the information 
therein is materially misstated or 
inconsistent with the Financial Statements 
or our audit knowledge. Based solely on 
that work we have not identified material 
misstatements in the other information. 

Strategic Report and Directors’ Report 
Based solely on our work on the 
other information: 

 − we have not identified material 
misstatements in the Strategic 
Report and the Directors’ Report; 
 − in our opinion the information given 
in those reports for the financial  
year is consistent with the Financial 
Statements; and 

 − in our opinion those reports have 
been prepared in accordance 
with the Companies Act 2006. 

67

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Clipper Logistics plc Company Financial StatementsGroup Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Independent Auditor’s Report continued

7. Respective responsibilities 
Directors’ responsibilities 
As explained more fully in their 
statement set out on page 65, the 
Directors are responsible for: the 
preparation of the Financial Statements 
including being satisfied that they  
give a true and fair view; such internal 
control as they determine is necessary 
to enable the preparation of Financial 
Statements that are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud  
or error; assessing the Group and  
Parent Company’s ability to continue 
as a going concern, disclosing, as 
applicable, matters related to going 
concern; and using the going concern 
basis of accounting unless they either 
intend to liquidate the Group or the 
Parent Company or to cease 
operations, or have no realistic 
alternative but to do so. 

Auditor’s responsibilities 
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable 
assurance about whether the Financial 
Statements as a whole are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to 
fraud or other irregularities (see below), 
or error, and to issue our opinion in an 
auditor’s report. Reasonable assurance 
is a high level of assurance, but does not 
guarantee that an audit conducted in 
accordance with ISAs (UK) will always 
detect a material misstatement when  
it exists. Misstatements can arise from 
fraud, other irregularities or error and 
are considered material if, individually 
or in aggregate, they could reasonably 
be expected to influence the economic 
decisions of users taken on the basis of 
the Financial Statements. 

A fuller description of our responsibilities 
is provided on the FRC’s website at 
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. 

 − a Corporate Governance 
Statement has not been 
prepared by the Company. 

We are required to report to you if the 
Corporate Governance Report does 
not properly disclose a departure  
from the eleven provisions of the UK 
Corporate Governance Code specified 
by the Listing Rules for our review. 

We have nothing to report in 
these respects. 

Based solely on our work on the other 
information described above: 

 − with respect to the Corporate 

Governance Report disclosures 
about internal control and risk 
management systems in relation to 
financial reporting processes and 
about share capital structures: 
 − we have not identified material 
misstatements therein; and 

 − the information therein is 

consistent with the Financial 
Statements; and 

 − in our opinion, the Corporate 

Governance Statement has been 
prepared in accordance with the 
relevant rule of the Disclosure 
Guidance and Transparency Rules 
of the Financial Conduct Authority. 

6. We have nothing to report on the 
other matters on which we are 
required to report by exception 
Under the Companies Act 2006, we are 
required to report to you if, in our opinion: 

 − adequate accounting records  

have not been kept by the Parent 
Company, or returns adequate for 
our audit have not been received 
from branches not visited by us; or 

 − the Parent Company Financial 
Statements and the part of the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report to 
be audited are not in agreement 
with the accounting records and 
returns; or 

 − certain disclosures of Directors’ 
remuneration specified by law 
are not made; or 

 − we have not received all the 
information and explanations 
we require for our audit. 

We have nothing to report in 
these respects. 

Directors’ Remuneration Report 
In our opinion the part of the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report to be audited has 
been properly prepared in accordance 
with the Companies Act 2006. 

Disclosures of principal risks  
and longer‑term viability 
Based on the knowledge we acquired 
during our Financial Statements audit, 
we have nothing material to add or 
draw attention to in relation to: 

 − the Directors’ confirmation within  

the Viability Statement on page 23 
that they have carried out a robust 
assessment of the principal risks 
facing the Group, including those 
that would threaten its business 
model, future performance, 
solvency and liquidity; 

 − the Principal Risks disclosures 
describing these risks and  
explaining how they are being 
managed and mitigated; and 
 − the Directors’ explanation in the 

Viability Statement of how they have 
assessed the prospects of the Group, 
over what period they have done  
so and why they considered that 
period to be appropriate, and their 
statement as to whether they have 
a reasonable expectation that the 
Group will be able to continue in 
operation and meet its liabilities as 
they fall due over the period of their 
assessment, including any related 
disclosures drawing attention to 
any necessary qualifications 
or assumptions. 

Under the Listing Rules we are required 
to review the Viability Statement. We 
have nothing to report in this respect. 

Corporate governance disclosures 
We are required to report to you if: 

 − we have identified material 

inconsistencies between the 
knowledge we acquired during 
our Financial Statements audit and 
the Directors’ statement that they 
consider that the Annual Report  
and Financial Statements taken  
as a whole is fair, balanced and 
understandable and provides  
the information necessary for 
shareholders to assess the Group’s 
position and performance, 
business model and strategy; or 
 − the section of the Annual Report 
describing the work of the Audit 
Committee does not appropriately 
address matters communicated by 
us to the Audit Committee; or 

68

 Clipper Logistics plc Group Financial Statements8. The purpose of our audit work and 
to whom we owe our responsibilities 
This report is made solely to the 
Company’s members, as a body, in 
accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 
of the Companies Act 2006. Our audit 
work has been undertaken so that we 
might state to the Company’s members 
those matters we are required to state 
to them in an auditor’s report and for 
no other purpose. To the fullest extent 
permitted by law, we do not accept or 
assume responsibility to anyone other 
than the Company and the Company’s 
members, as a body, for our audit work, 
for this report, or for the opinions we 
have formed. 

Johnathan Pass  
(Senior Statutory Auditor) 
for and on behalf of KPMG LLP, 
Statutory Auditor 

Chartered Accountants  
1 Sovereign Square 
Sovereign Street 
Leeds 
LS1 4DA

16 August 2018 

Irregularities – ability to detect
We identified areas of laws and 
regulations that could reasonably be 
expected to have a material effect  
on the Financial Statements from 
our sector experience, and through 
discussion with the Directors and 
other management (as required by 
auditing standards).

We had regard to laws and regulations 
in areas that directly affect the Financial 
Statements including financial reporting 
(including related company legislation) 
and taxation legislation. We considered 
the extent of compliance with those 
laws and regulations as part of our 
procedures on the related financial 
statement items. 

In addition we considered the impact 
of laws and regulations in the specific 
areas of health and safety, recognising 
the nature of the group’s activities. With 
the exception of any known or possible 
non-compliance, and as required by 
auditing standards, our work in respect 
of these was limited to enquiry of the 
Directors and other management 
and inspection of regulatory and 
legal correspondence.

We communicated identified laws and 
regulations throughout our team and 
remained alert to any indications of 
non-compliance throughout the audit. 

As with any audit, there remained a 
higher risk of non-detection of non-
compliance with relevant laws and 
regulations (irregularities) as these may 
involve collusion, forgery, intentional 
omissions, misrepresentations, or the 
override of internal controls. 

69

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Clipper Logistics plc Company Financial StatementsGroup Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Group Income Statement
For the year ended 30 April

Revenue
Cost of sales

Gross profit
Other net gains
Administration and other expenses

Operating profit before share of equity‑accounted investees, net of tax
Share of equity-accounted investees, net of tax

Operating profit

EBIT
Less: amortisation of other intangible assets
share of tax and finance costs of equity-accounted investees
Operating profit

Finance costs
Finance income

Profit before income tax
Income tax expense

Profit for the financial year

Basic earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share

2018  
Group  
£’000

400,115
(283,324)

116,791
2,398
(98,358)

20,831
(889)

19,942

20,854
(1,094)
182
19,942

(2,014)
38

17,966
(3,685)

14,281

14.2p
14.1p

Note

3

6

4

6

4
4
6

8
9

10

11
11

2017  
Group  
£’000

340,127
(241,097)

99,030
405
(81,964)

17,471
217

17,688

17,928
(177)
(63)
17,688

(1,657)
21

16,052
(3,586)

12,466

12.5p
12.3p

The accompanying notes on pages 74 to 101 form part of these Financial Statements.

Group Statement of Comprehensive Income
For the year ended 30 April 

Note

Profit for the financial year
Other comprehensive expense for the year, net of tax:
To be reclassified to the income statement in subsequent periods:
Exchange differences on retranslation of foreign operations

Total comprehensive income for the financial year

The accompanying notes on pages 74 to 101 form part of these Financial Statements.

2018  
Group  
£’000

2017  
Group  
£’000

14,281

12,466

(106)

(57)

14,175

12,409

70

 Clipper Logistics plc Group Financial StatementsGroup Statement of Financial Position
At 30 April

Assets:
Non‑current assets

Goodwill
Other intangible assets

Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Interest in equity-accounted investees
Non-current financial assets
Deferred tax assets

Total non‑current assets

Current assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents

Total current assets

Total assets

Equity and liabilities:
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Financial liabilities: borrowings
Short-term provisions
Current income tax liabilities

Total current liabilities

Non‑current liabilities
Financial liabilities: borrowings
Long-term provisions
Deferred tax liabilities

Total non‑current liabilities

Total liabilities

Equity shareholders’ funds
Share capital
Share premium
Currency translation reserve
Other reserve
Merger reserve
Share based payment reserve
Retained earnings

Total equity attributable to the owners of the Company

Total equity and liabilities

The accompanying notes on pages 74 to 101 form part of these Financial Statements.

Approved by the Board on 16 August 2018 and signed on its behalf by:

D A Hodkin 
Chief Financial Officer 
Company No. 03042024

2018  
Group  
£’000

2017  
Group  
£’000

Note

12
12

12
14
15
27
10

16
17
18

19
20
21

20
21
10

22

25,951
11,267

37,218
44,998
1,278
1,950
–

85,444

22,099
73,430
2,275

97,804

23,252
1,498

24,750
38,899
2,167
1,450
353

67,619

29,972
47,728
862

78,562

183,248

146,181

102,402
9,219
78
2,540

114,239

26,664
1,486
1,541

29,691

143,930

51
1,710
(139)
84
6,006
2,745
28,861

39,318

183,248

85,068
7,389
127
2,187

94,771

19,973
1,367
–

21,340

116,111

50
80
(33)
84
6,006
2,038
21,845

30,070

146,181

71

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Clipper Logistics plc Company Financial StatementsGroup Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Group Statement of Changes in Equity
For the year ended 30 April

Balance at 1 May 2016
Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income/(expense)
Equity settled transactions
Share issue
Dividends

Balance at 30 April 2017

Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income/(expense)
Equity settled transactions
Share issue
Dividends

Balance at 30 April 2018

Balance at 1 May 2016
Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income/(expense)
Equity settled transactions
Share issue
Dividends

Balance at 30 April 2017

Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income/(expense)
Equity settled transactions
Share issue
Dividends

Balance at 30 April 2018

Share
capital
Group
£’000

 Share  
premium  
Group
£’000

Currency 
translation 
reserve
Group
£’000

 Other
reserve
Group
£’000

 Carried 
forward
Group
 £’000

50
–
–
–
–
–

50

–
–
–
1
–

51

Brought 
forward
Group 
£’000

214
–
(57)
–
24
–

181

–
(106)
–
1,631
–

1,706

56
–
–
–
24
–

80

–
–
–
1,630
–

1,710

 Merger 
reserve 
Group
£’000

6,006
–
–
–
–
–

6,006

–
–
–
–
–

24
–
(57)
–
–
–

(33)

–
(106)
–
–
–

(139)

Share based 
payment 
reserve 
Group 
£’000

783
–
–
1,255
–
–

2,038

–
–
707
–
–

84
–
–
–
–
–

84

–
–
–
–
–

84

Retained 
earnings 
Group 
£’000

15,774
12,466
–
5
–
(6,400)

21,845

14,281
–
357
–
(7,622)

214
–
(57)
–
24
–

181

–
(106)
–
1,631
–

1,706

 Carried 
forward
Group
 £’000

22,777
12,466
(57)
1,260
24
(6,400)

30,070

14,281
(106)
1,064
1,631
(7,622)

6,006

2,745

28,861

39,318

The accompanying notes on pages 74 to 101 form part of these Financial Statements.

72

 Clipper Logistics plc Group Financial StatementsGroup Statement of Cash Flows
For the year ended 30 April

Profit before tax from operating activities
Adjustments to reconcile profit before tax to net cash flows:
 − Depreciation and impairment of property, plant and equipment
 − Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets
 − Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment
 − Share of equity-accounted investees, net of tax
 − Consideration received
 − Exchange differences
 − Finance costs
 − Movement in derivative financial instruments
 − Share based payments charge
Working capital adjustments:
 − (Increase) in trade and other receivables and prepayments
 − Decrease/(increase) in inventories
 − Increase in trade and other payables

Operating activities:
 − Cash generated from operations
 − Interest received
 − Interest paid
 − Income tax paid

Net cash flows from operating activities

Investing activities:
 − Purchase of property, plant and equipment
 − Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
 − Purchase of intangible assets
 − Proceeds from sale of intangible assets
 − Investment in joint venture
 − Acquisition of subsidiary undertakings net of cash acquired

Net cash flows from investing activities

Financing activities:
 − Drawdown of bank loans
 − Debt issue costs paid
 − Finance leases advanced in respect of prior year purchases of property, plant 

and equipment

 − Shares issued
 − Dividends paid
 − Non-current financial assets advanced
 − Repayment of bank loans
 − Repayment of capital on finance leases

Net cash flows from financing activities

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

Net cash and cash equivalents at start of year

Net cash and cash equivalents at end of year

The accompanying notes on pages 74 to 101 form part of these Financial Statements.

2018
Group
£’000

17,966

6,394
1,621
(2,203)
889
–
(198)
1,976
–
1,219

(23,785)
8,816
11,801

24,496
38
(1,932)
(3,968)

18,634

(6,849)
6,658
(844)
3
–
(11,773)

(12,805)

9,017
(101)

–
1,631
(7,622)
(500)
(812)
(7,366)

(5,753)

76

862

938

Note

6
6
6
15
21

8 & 9
6
23

15
28

22
7
27

18

2017
Group
£’000

16,052

4,725
548
(260)
(217)
557
(238)
1,636
(10)
832

(7,895)
(3,049)
12,989

25,670
3
(1,606)
(3,234)

20,833

(4,028)
2,112
(551)
167
(1,950)
–

(4,250)

–
–

4,879
24
(6,400)
(1,450)
(5,995)
(5,677)

(14,619)

1,964

(1,102)

862

73

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Clipper Logistics plc Company Financial StatementsGroup Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Notes to the Group Financial Statements

Note 26 to the Group Financial 
Statements includes the Group’s 
objectives, policies and processes for 
managing its capital, its financial risk 
management objectives and its 
exposure to foreign exchange, credit 
and interest rate risk. Further details of 
the Group’s net debt at 30 April 2018 
are included in note 20 to the Group 
Financial Statements.

The Group Statement of Financial 
Position shows total current assets of 
£97,804,000 and total current liabilities  
of £114,239,000. Net current liabilities at 
30 April 2018 were therefore £16,435,000 
(2017: £16,209,000). At the year end, the 
Group had a committed Revolving 
Credit Facility of £30,000,000 (of which 
£9,000,000 was drawn) and an overdraft 
facility of £8,000,000 (£1,337,000 of which 
was drawn). The Directors have assessed 
the future funding requirements of the 
Group and the Company and compared 
them to the bank facilities which are 
available. The assessment included a 
detailed review of financial and cash 
flow forecasts for at least the 12 month 
period from the date of signing the 
Annual Report. The Directors considered 
a range of potential scenarios within the 
key markets the Group serves and how 
these might impact on the Group’s cash 
flow. The Directors also considered what 
mitigating actions the Group could take 
to limit any adverse consequences.

The Group’s forecasts and projections 
show that the Group should be able 
to operate without the need for any 
increase in borrowing facilities.

Having undertaken this work, the 
Directors are of the opinion that the 
Company and the Group have 
adequate resources to continue in 
operational existence for the foreseeable 
future. Accordingly, they continue to 
adopt the going concern basis in 
preparing the Financial Statements.

1. General information
The Group Financial Statements for the 
year ended 30 April 2018 were authorised 
for issue by the Board of Directors on  
16 August 2018 and the Group Statement 
of Financial Position was signed on the 
Board’s behalf by David Hodkin.

Clipper Logistics plc (the “Company”) 
and its subsidiaries (together the 
“Group”) provide value-added logistics 
and other services to predominantly 
the retail sector and also operate as 
distributors of commercial vehicles.

The Company is limited by share 
capital, incorporated and domiciled in 
the United Kingdom. The address of its 
registered office is Clipper Logistics 
Group, Gelderd Road, Leeds, LS12 6LT.

The Group Financial Statements have 
been prepared in accordance with 
note 2.1 Basis of preparation, and note 
2.3 Basis of consolidation. The principal 
accounting policies adopted by the 
Group are set out in note 2.

2. Summary of significant  
accounting policies
The principal accounting policies 
applied in the preparation of these 
consolidated Financial Statements  
are set out below. These policies have 
been consistently applied to all years 
presented, unless otherwise stated.

2.1 Basis of preparation
Clipper Logistics plc, a public limited 
company incorporated and domiciled 
in the United Kingdom, acts as Parent 
undertaking for the Clipper Group of 
companies. The Company has 
independent operations in its own  
right and owns 100% of the share 
capital and voting rights of the 
following principal trading entities:

 − Clipper Logistics KG  

(GmbH & Co.) (Germany)

 − Clipper Logistics Sp. z o.o (Poland) 
 − Servicecare Support Services Limited 
 − Northern Commercials  

(Mirfield) Limited
 − RepairTech Limited

During the year ended 30 April 2018 the 
Company acquired the entire issued 
share capital of Tesam Distribution 
Limited and RepairTech Limited 
(see note 28).

During the year ended 30 April 2017  
the Company subscribed for 50% of  
the share capital and voting rights of 
Clicklink Logistics Limited (see note 15).

In addition, the Group has a number  
of other subsidiaries as set out in note F 
to the Company Financial Statements.

The Group’s Financial Statements have 
been prepared in accordance with 
International Financial Reporting 
Standards as adopted by the European 
Union (“IFRS”) and also in accordance 
with the provisions of the Companies 
Act 2006.

The preparation of the financial 
information under IFRS requires 
management to make judgments, 
estimates and assumptions that  
affect the application of policies  
and reported amounts of assets  
and liabilities, income and expenses. 
The estimates and associated 
assumptions are based on historical 
experience and other factors that are 
believed to be reasonable under the 
circumstances, the results of which 
form the basis of making the judgments 
about carrying values of assets and 
liabilities that are not readily apparent 
from other sources. Actual results may 
differ from these estimates.

The accounting policies which follow 
set out those policies which apply in 
preparing the Financial Statements for 
the year ended 30 April 2018.

The Group Financial Statements have 
been prepared on a historical cost basis. 
The Financial Statements are presented 
in Pounds Sterling and all values are 
rounded to the nearest thousand (£’000) 
unless otherwise indicated.

2.2 Going concern
The Financial Statements have been 
prepared on a going concern basis. 
In determining the appropriate basis 
of preparation of the Financial 
Statements, the Directors are required 
to consider whether the Group can 
continue in operational existence for 
the foreseeable future.

Further information in relation to the 
Group’s business activities, together 
with the factors likely to affect its future 
development, performance and 
position is set out in the Strategic Report 
section of this report on pages 1 to 35.

74

 Clipper Logistics plc Group Financial Statements2.3 Basis of consolidation
a. Group reorganisation and  
merger reserve
At 30 April 2014 the Company was a 
wholly owned subsidiary of Clipper 
Group Holdings Limited. In April 2014 
the Group undertook a restructuring, 
whereby the Company acquired 
certain fellow subsidiaries from Clipper 
Group Holdings Limited and the 
remaining 25% ownership interest of the 
Group’s German operations from the 
minority shareholders. On 4 June 2014 
Clipper Logistics plc was admitted to 
the premium segment of the London 
Stock Exchange and Clipper Group 
Holdings Limited was no longer the 
parent company.

IFRS 3 states that it does not apply to a 
combination of entities or businesses 
under common control. Accordingly, 
the consolidated information of the 
Clipper Group has been prepared  
to reflect the combination of the 
restructured Clipper Group as if it had 
occurred from 1 May 2010, being the 
earliest comparative period reported 
by the restructured Group.

The Group reorganisation is a 
combination of entities under common 
control; and consolidated using a 
pooling of interests basis. This treats the 
restructured group as if it was formed 
in May 2010 and a merger reserve has 
been included to reflect this, with a 
balance of £6,006,000 after the 
acquisition of the fellow subsidiaries 
from Clipper Group Holdings Limited 
as part of the Group reorganisation.

b. Consolidations
The consolidated Financial Statements 
comprise the Financial Statements of 
the Group and its subsidiaries as at  
30 April 2018. Control is achieved when 
the Group is exposed, or has rights, to 
variable returns from its involvement 
with the investee and has the ability to 
affect those returns through its power 
over the investee. Specifically, the 
Group controls an investee if, and only 
if, the Group has:

 − power over the investee (i.e., existing 
rights that give it the current ability  
to direct the relevant activities of  
the investee);

 − exposure, or rights, to variable returns 

from its involvement with the 
investee; and

 − the ability to use its power over the 

investee to affect its returns.

Generally, there is a presumption that a 
majority of voting rights result in control. 
To support this presumption and when 
the Group has less than a majority of 
the voting or similar rights of an 
investee, the Group considers all 
relevant facts and circumstances in 
assessing whether it has power over  
an investee, including:

 − the contractual arrangement  
with the other vote holders of  
the investee;

 − rights arising from other contractual 

arrangements; and

 − the Group’s voting rights and 

potential voting rights.

The Group re-assesses whether or not  
it controls an investee if facts and 
circumstances indicate that there are 
changes to one or more of the three 
elements of control. Consolidation of  
a subsidiary begins when the Group 
obtains control over the subsidiary and 
ceases when the Group loses control of 
the subsidiary. Assets, liabilities, income 
and expenses of a subsidiary acquired 
or disposed of during the year are 
included in the consolidated Financial 
Statements from the date the Group 
gains control until the date the Group 
ceases to control the subsidiary.

Profit or loss and each component  
of other comprehensive income are 
attributed to the equity holders of  
the parent of the Group and to any 
non-controlling interests, even if this 
results in the non-controlling interests 
having a deficit balance. When 
necessary, adjustments are made to 
the Financial Statements of subsidiaries 
to bring their accounting policies into 
line with the Group’s accounting 
policies. All intra-Group assets and 
liabilities, equity, income, expenses  
and cash flows relating to transactions 
between members of the Group are 
eliminated in full on consolidation. 
The Financial Statements of subsidiaries 
used in the preparation of the 
consolidated Financial Statements are 
prepared on the same reporting year 
as the Parent Company.

A change in the ownership interest of  
a subsidiary without loss of control is 
accounted for as an equity transaction.

If the Group loses control over a 
subsidiary, it derecognises the related 
assets (including goodwill), liabilities, 
non-controlling interest and other 
components of equity while any 
resultant gain or loss is recognised in 
profit or loss. Any investment retained  
is recognised at fair value.

The purchase method of accounting is 
used to account for the acquisition of 
subsidiaries by the Group other than 
those included in the restructuring 
referred to above. The cost of an 
acquisition is measured as the fair value 
of the assets given, equity instruments 
issued and liabilities incurred or 
assumed at the date of exchange, 
plus costs directly attributable to the 
acquisition. Identifiable assets acquired 
and liabilities and contingent liabilities 
assumed in a business combination  
are measured initially at their fair values 
at the acquisition date, irrespective of 
the extent of any minority interest. The 
excess of the cost of acquisition over 
the fair value of the Group’s share of 
the identifiable net assets acquired is 
recorded as goodwill. If the cost of 
acquisition is less than the fair value  
of the net assets of the subsidiary 
acquired, the difference is recognised 
directly in the income statement.

c. Equity-accounted investees
An investment in an entity over which 
the Group has significant influence,  
but is not a subsidiary, is accounted  
for under the equity method of 
accounting. Equity-accounted 
investees could comprise associates  
or joint ventures. An associate is an 
entity in which the Group has significant 
influence over the financial and 
operating policy decisions of the 
investee but not control or joint control 
over those policies. A joint venture is  
an arrangement in which the Group 
has joint control, whereby the Group 
has rights to the net assets of the 
arrangement, rather than rights to its 
assets and obligations for its liabilities.

Under the equity method, an 
investment is initially recognised  
at cost and adjusted thereafter to 
recognise the Group’s share of the 
profit or loss and other comprehensive 
income of the investee, until the date  
on which significant influence or joint 
control ceases.

2.4 Segment reporting
Operating segments are reported in  
a manner consistent with the internal 
reporting provided to the Company’s 
Board of Directors, collectively the 
Group’s chief operating decision 
maker, to assess performance and 
allocate capital or resources.

75

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Clipper Logistics plc Company Financial StatementsGroup Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued

2.5 Foreign currency translation
a. Functional and  
presentation currency
Items included in the Financial 
Statements of each of the Group’s 
entities are measured using the 
currency of the primary economic 
environment in which the entity 
operates (“the functional currency”). 
The combined Financial Statements  
are presented in Pounds Sterling,  
which is the Company’s functional  
and presentation currency.

b. Transactions and balances
Foreign currency transactions are 
translated into the functional currency 
using the exchange rates prevailing at 
the dates of the transactions. Foreign 
exchange gains and losses resulting 
from the settlement of such transactions 
and from the translation at year end 
exchange rates of monetary assets 
and liabilities denominated in foreign 
currencies are recognised in the 
income statement. Non-monetary items 
that are measured in terms of historical 
cost in a foreign currency are translated 
using the exchange rates at the dates 
of the initial transactions. Non-monetary 
items measured at fair value in a 
foreign currency are translated using 
the exchange rates at the date when 
the fair value is determined. The gain  
or loss arising on translation of non-
monetary items measured at fair value 
is treated in line with the recognition  
of the gain or loss on the change in  
fair value of the item (i.e., translation 
differences on items whose fair value 
gain or loss is recognised in other 
comprehensive income or profit or  
loss are also recognised in other 
comprehensive income or profit  
or loss, respectively).

c. Translation of foreign operations
On consolidation, the assets and 
liabilities of foreign operations are 
translated into Pounds Sterling at the rate 
of exchange prevailing at the reporting 
date and their statements of profit or loss 
are translated at the average exchange 
rates for the year. The exchange 
differences arising on translation for 
consolidation are recognised in other 
comprehensive income.

Any goodwill arising on the acquisition 
of a foreign operation and any fair 
value adjustments to the carrying 
amounts of assets and liabilities arising 
on the acquisition are treated as assets 
and liabilities of the foreign operation 
and translated at the spot rate of 
exchange at the reporting date.

76

2.6 Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment is stated 
at historical cost less depreciation and 
impairment. Historical cost includes 
expenditure that is directly attributable 
to the acquisition of the items.

Subsequent costs are included in the 
asset’s carrying amount or recognised 
as a separate asset, as appropriate, 
only when it is probable that future 
economic benefits associated with the 
item will flow to the Group and the cost 
of the item can be measured reliably. 
The carrying amount of any replaced 
part is derecognised. All other repairs 
and maintenance are charged to the 
income statement during the financial 
period in which they are incurred.

Depreciation is calculated using the 
straight-line method to allocate assets’ 
cost to their residual values over their 
estimated useful lives, as follows:

 − Leasehold property: over the length 

of the lease;

 − Plant and machinery: 2–20 years; 

and

 − Motor vehicles: 4–8 years.

Residual values and useful lives are 
reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, 
at each balance sheet date.

Goodwill on acquisitions of subsidiaries 
is included in ‘intangible assets’. 
Separately recognised goodwill is tested 
annually for impairment and carried  
at cost less accumulated impairment 
losses. Impairment losses on goodwill 
are not reversed. Gains and losses on 
the disposal of an entity include the 
carrying amount of goodwill relating  
to the entity sold. Goodwill is allocated 
to cash-generating units (“CGUs”) for 
the purpose of impairment testing. The 
allocation is made to those CGUs or 
groups of CGUs that are expected to 
benefit from the business combination 
in which the goodwill arose.

b. Contracts, customer relationships 
and licences
Intangible assets acquired separately 
are measured on initial recognition at 
cost. The cost of intangible assets 
acquired in a business combination  
is their fair value at the date of acquisition. 
Following initial recognition, intangible 
assets are carried at cost less any 
accumulated amortisation and 
accumulated impairment losses. 
Internally generated intangibles, 
excluding capitalised development 
costs, are not capitalised and the 
related expenditure is reflected in  
profit or loss in the period in which  
the expenditure is incurred.

An asset’s carrying amount is written 
down immediately to its recoverable 
amount if the asset’s carrying amount 
is greater than its estimated 
recoverable amount.

Intangible assets are amortised over 
the useful economic life (5–10 years) 
and assessed for impairment whenever 
there is an indication that the 
intangible asset may be impaired.

An item of property, plant and 
equipment and any significant part 
initially recognised is derecognised 
upon disposal or when no future 
economic benefits are expected from 
its use or disposal. Any gain or loss 
arising on derecognition of the asset 
(calculated as the difference between 
the net disposal proceeds and the 
carrying amount of the asset) is 
included within ‘other net gains’ in  
the income statement when the asset 
is derecognised.

2.7 Intangible assets
a. Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the 
cost of an acquisition over the fair 
value of the Group’s share of the net 
identifiable assets of the acquired 
subsidiary at the date of acquisition.  
If the cost of acquisition is less than  
the fair value of the net assets of the 
subsidiary acquired, the difference is 
‘negative goodwill’ and is recognised 
in the income statement immediately.

c. Computer software
Acquired computer software licences 
are capitalised on the basis of the costs 
incurred to acquire and bring to use  
the specific software. These costs are 
amortised over their estimated useful 
lives (3–5 years).

Costs associated with developing or 
maintaining computer software 
programmes are recognised as an 
expense as incurred. Costs that are 
directly associated with the development 
of identifiable and unique software 
products controlled by the Group, and 
that will probably generate economic 
benefits exceeding costs beyond one 
year, are recognised as intangible assets. 
Costs include the software development 
employee costs and overheads directly 
attributable to bringing the asset into use.

Computer software development costs 
recognised as assets are amortised 
over their estimated useful lives (not 
exceeding five years).

 Clipper Logistics plc Group Financial Statements2.8 Impairment of non‑financial assets
The Group assesses, at each reporting 
date, whether there is an indication 
that an asset may be impaired. If any 
indication exists, or when annual 
impairment testing for an asset is 
required, the Group estimates the 
asset’s recoverable amount. An asset’s 
recoverable amount is the higher of  
an asset’s or the CGUs fair value less 
costs to sell and its value in use.

2.9 Financial assets
The Group classifies its financial assets 
in the following categories: at fair value 
through profit or loss; and available  
for sale. The classification depends  
on the purpose for which the financial 
assets were acquired. Management 
determines the classification of its 
financial assets at initial recognition. 
At 30 April 2018 the Group held no 
financial assets available for sale.

2.10 Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of  
cost and net realisable value. Cost 
includes all costs incurred in bringing 
each product to its present location and 
condition. Cost is determined using the 
first-in, first-out method. Net realisable 
value is the estimated selling price in 
the ordinary course of business, less 
applicable variable selling expenses.

Financial assets at fair value  
through profit or loss
Financial assets at fair value through 
profit or loss are financial assets held for 
trading. A financial asset is classified in 
this category if acquired principally for 
the purpose of selling in the short term. 
Derivatives are also categorised as held 
for trading unless they are designated 
as hedges. Assets in this category are 
classified as current assets.

Investments are initially recognised at 
fair value plus transaction costs for all 
financial assets not carried at fair value 
through profit or loss. Financial assets 
carried at fair value through profit or loss 
are initially recognised at fair value and 
transaction costs are expensed in the 
income statement. Financial assets are 
derecognised when the rights to receive 
cash flows from the investments have 
expired or have been transferred and 
the Group has transferred substantially 
all risks and rewards of ownership.

Available-for-sale financial assets and 
financial assets at fair value through 
profit or loss are subsequently carried  
at fair value.

Gains or losses arising from changes  
in the fair value of the financial assets 
at ‘fair value through profit or loss’ 
category are presented in the income 
statement within ‘other net gains’ in  
the period in which they arise.

Dividend income from financial assets 
at fair value through profit or loss is 
recognised in the income statement as 
part of other income when the Group’s 
right to receive payments is established.

The Group assesses at each balance 
sheet date whether there is objective 
evidence that a financial asset or a 
Group of financial assets is impaired.

Impairment testing of trade receivables 
is described in note 2.12.

2.11 Vehicles on consignment
Vehicles held on consignment from 
manufacturers are included in the 
statement of financial position where 
it is considered that the Group enjoys 
the benefits and carries the risks 
of ownership.

2.12 Trade receivables
Trade receivables are recognised 
initially at fair value and subsequently 
measured at amortised cost using  
the effective interest method, less 
provision for impairment. A provision  
for impairment of trade receivables is 
established when there is objective 
evidence that the Group will not be 
able to collect all amounts due 
according to the original terms of 
the receivables.

Significant financial difficulties of the 
debtor, probability that the debtor  
will enter bankruptcy or financial 
reorganisation, and default or 
delinquency in payments (more  
than 30 days overdue) are considered 
indicators that the trade receivable 
may be impaired. The amount of the 
provision is the difference between  
the asset’s carrying amount and the 
present value of estimated future  
cash flows, discounted at the original 
effective interest rate.

The carrying amount of the asset is 
reduced through the use of an allowance 
account, and the amount of the loss is 
recognised in the income statement 
within ‘administration expenses’.

When a trade receivable is 
uncollectable, it is written off against 
the allowance account for trade 
receivables. Subsequent recoveries  
of amounts previously written off are 
credited against ‘administration 
expenses’ in the income statement.

Where the asset does not generate 
cash flows that are independent from 
other assets, the Group estimates the 
recoverable amount of the CGU to 
which the asset belongs.

When the carrying amount of an  
asset or CGU exceeds its recoverable 
amount, the asset is considered 
impaired and is written down to its 
recoverable amount.

In assessing value in use, the estimated 
future cash flows are discounted to their 
present value using a pre-tax discount 
rate that reflects current market 
assessments of the time value of money 
and the risks specific to the asset.

In determining fair value less costs to 
sell, recent market transactions are 
taken into account. If no such 
transactions can be identified, an 
appropriate valuation model is used. 
These calculations are corroborated  
by valuation multiples, quoted share 
prices for publicly traded companies  
or other available fair value indicators.

An impairment loss is recognised as  
an expense immediately. Where an 
impairment loss subsequently reverses, 
the carrying amount of the asset  
(or CGU) is increased to the revised 
estimate of its recoverable amount, 
but so that the increased carrying 
amount does not exceed the carrying 
amount that would have been 
determined had no impairment  
loss been recognised for the asset (or 
CGU) in prior years. A reversal of an 
impairment loss is recognised as 
income immediately.

The Group bases its impairment 
calculation on detailed budgets  
and forecast calculations, which are 
prepared separately for each of the 
Group’s CGUs to which the individual 
assets are allocated. These budgets 
and forecast calculations generally 
cover a minimum period of two years. 
For longer periods, a long-term growth 
rate is calculated and applied to 
project future cash flows after the 
second year.

77

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Clipper Logistics plc Company Financial StatementsGroup Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued

2.13 Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents includes 
cash in hand, deposits held at call with 
banks, other short-term highly liquid 
investments with original maturities  
of three months or less, and bank 
overdrafts. Bank overdrafts are shown 
within borrowings in current liabilities  
on the statement of financial position. 

2.14 Trade payables
Trade payables are recognised  
initially at fair value and subsequently 
measured at amortised cost using  
the effective interest method.

2.15 Consignment inventory payables
Inventories of commercial vehicles 
are usually funded under stocking 
finance plans offered by either the 
manufacturer’s own finance arm, 
or third party funders. Amounts 
outstanding are included in trade 
and other payables.

2.16 Borrowings
Borrowings are recognised initially  
at fair value, net of transaction costs 
incurred. Borrowings are subsequently 
stated at amortised cost; any difference 
between the proceeds (net of transaction 
costs) and the redemption value is 
recognised in the income statement 
over the period of the borrowings using 
the effective interest method.

Borrowings are classified as current 
liabilities unless the Group has an 
unconditional right to defer settlement  
of the liability for at least 12 months 
after the balance sheet date.

2.17 Income tax
Current tax assets and liabilities are 
measured at the amount expected  
to be recovered from or paid to the 
taxation authorities, based on tax  
rates and laws that are enacted or 
substantively enacted by the balance 
sheet date.

Deferred income tax is provided in 
full, using the liability method, on 
temporary differences arising between 
the tax bases of assets and liabilities 
and their carrying amounts in the 
Financial Statements.

However, the deferred income tax is 
not accounted for if it arises from initial 
recognition of goodwill or an asset or 
liability in a transaction other than a 
business combination that at the time 
of the transaction affects neither 
accounting nor taxable profits or losses.

Deferred income tax is determined 
using tax rates (and laws) that have 
been enacted or substantively enacted 
by the balance sheet date and are 
expected to apply when the related 
deferred income tax asset is realised  
or the deferred income tax liability is 
settled. Deferred income tax assets  
are recognised to the extent that it is 
probable that future taxable profit  
will be available against which the 
temporary differences can be utilised.

Deferred income tax is provided on 
temporary differences arising on 
investments in subsidiaries and 
associates, except where the timing of 
the reversal of the temporary difference 
is controlled by the Group and it is 
probable that the temporary difference 
will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Deferred income tax assets and 
liabilities are offset only if a legally 
enforceable right exists to set off current 
tax assets against current tax liabilities, 
the deferred income taxes relate to  
the same taxation authority and that 
authority permits the Group to make 
a single net payment.

2.18 Employee benefits
a. Pension obligations
Group companies operate various 
pension schemes. The schemes are 
generally funded through payments 
to insurance companies. The Group  
has only defined contribution plans.  
A defined contribution plan is a pension 
plan under which the Group pays fixed 
contributions into a separate entity.

For defined contribution plans, the 
Group pays contributions to privately 
administered pension insurance plans 
on a contractual or voluntary basis.  
The Group has no further payment 
obligations once the contributions  
have been paid. The contributions  
are recognised as employee benefit 
expense when they are due.

b. Profit-sharing and bonus plans
The Group recognises a liability and an 
expense for bonuses and profit-sharing, 
based on a formula that takes into 
consideration the profit attributable  
to the Company’s shareholders after 
certain adjustments. The Group 
recognises a provision where 
contractually obliged or where there  
is a past practice that has created  
a constructive obligation.

c. Share based payments
IFRS 2 requires the recognition of equity 
settled share based payments at fair 
value at the date of the grant. All 
equity settled share based payments 
are ultimately recognised as an 
expense in the income statement with 
a corresponding credit to share based 
payment reserve.

If vesting periods or other non-market 
vesting conditions apply, the expense is 
allocated over the vesting period based 
on the best available estimate of the 
number of shares expected to vest. 
Estimates are revised subsequently if 
there is any indication that the number 
of shares expected to vest differs from 
previous estimates. Any cumulative 
adjustment prior to vesting is recognised 
in the current period. Upon exercise of 
share options, the proceeds received 
net of attributable transaction costs are 
credited to share capital and, where 
appropriate, share premium.

2.19 Provisions
Provisions for items such as dilapidations 
and legal claims are recognised when: 
the Group has a present legal or 
constructive obligation as a result  
of past events; it is probable that an 
outflow of resources will be required to 
settle the obligation; and the amount 
has been reliably estimated. 

Where there are a number of similar 
obligations, the likelihood that an 
outflow will be required in settlement  
is determined by considering the class 
of obligations as a whole. A provision  
is recognised even if the likelihood of  
an outflow with respect to any one  
item included in the same class of 
obligations may be small.

Provisions are measured at the present 
value of the expenditures expected to 
be required to settle the obligation 
using a pre-tax rate that reflects current 
market assessments of the time value  
of money and the risks specific to the 
obligation. The increase in the provision 
due to passage of time is recognised  
as interest expense.

78

 Clipper Logistics plc Group Financial Statements2.20 Revenue recognition
Revenue is measured at the fair value 
of the consideration received or 
receivable for the sale of goods and 
services in the ordinary course of the 
Group’s activities. Revenue is shown  
net of value-added tax (“VAT”), returns, 
rebates and discounts and after 
eliminating sales within the Group.

The Group recognises revenue when 
the amount of revenue can be reliably 
measured, it is probable that future 
economic benefits will flow to the entity 
and specific criteria have been met for 
each of the Group’s activities. The 
amount of revenue is not considered 
to be reliably measurable until all 
contingencies relating to the sale have 
been resolved. In practice this means 
that revenue is generally recognised 
as follows:

a. Sale of goods
Revenue from the sale of goods is 
recognised when the Group has 
transferred to the buyer the significant 
risks and rewards of ownership of the 
goods. For vehicles, this is generally on 
registration; for other goods, it is when 
despatched, or packaged and made 
available for collection.

b. Services other than repair and 
maintenance contracts
Revenue is recognised when the 
service is rendered. Invoicing varies  
by contract, but is typically either in  
line with work performed or initially  
on a budgeted volume basis with later 
adjustment to reflect actual activity. 
Where a contract contains elements  
of variable consideration, the Group 
will estimate the amount or revenue  
to which it will be entitled under the 
contract. Variable consideration  
can arise as a result of incentives, 
performance bonuses, penalties  
or other similar items. Variable 
consideration is recognised only to  
the extent that it is highly probable that 
the economic benefit will transfer to  
the Group. Calculation of accrued and 
deferred income is therefore necessary 
at period ends, with client billing 
arrangements not always coinciding 
with the Group’s reporting periods. 

Revenue from open book contracts 
includes contributions to the capital 
cost of items used in the delivery of 
services, together with a finance 
charge. Judgment is required when 
determining the appropriate timing 
and amount of revenue that can be 
recognised, due to the different 
contractual arrangements in place.

c. Repair and maintenance contracts
Revenue is recognised over the life of 
the contract in proportion to the costs 
of providing the services.

d. Sales of services – Property 
At certain sites where the Group has 
entered into leases, arrangements have 
been entered into with third and/or 
related parties, under which the Group 
receives fees for property-related 
advisory services. Revenue earned from 
property-related services is recognised 
in the consolidated income statement 
at fair value of the consideration 
receivable, net of VAT. 

Management assesses the fees that are 
applicable to each specific transaction 
and recognises revenue in the income 
statement at the time of the underlying 
transaction. In forming the judgment, 
the Group considers whether the leases 
it has entered into are operating leases, 
whether the future rentals are at market 
value and accordingly whether the 
fees can be attributed to delivered 
property services. 

2.21 Supplier bonuses
Cost of sales are recognised net of 
vehicle manufacturers’ bonuses. These 
are recognised when the Group has 
met the relevant conditions. There is 
little judgment or estimation involved 
in computing the amounts.

2.22 Leases
Leases in which a significant portion of 
the risks and rewards of ownership are 
retained by the lessor are classified as 
operating leases. Payments made under 
operating leases (net of any incentives 
received from the lessor) are charged to 
the income statement on a straight-line 
basis over the period of the lease.

Assets held under finance leases,  
which transfer to the Group substantially 
all the risks and benefits incidental to 
ownership of the leased item, are 
capitalised at the inception of the 
lease, with a corresponding liability 
being recognised for the lower of the 
fair value of the leased asset and the 
present value of the minimum lease 
payments. Lease payments are 
apportioned between the reduction of 
the lease liability and finance charges  
in the income statement so as to 
achieve a constant rate of interest on 
the remaining balance of the liability. 
The property, plant and equipment 
acquired under finance leases is 
depreciated over the shorter of the 
estimated useful life of the asset  
and the lease term; where the lease 

contains an option to purchase which 
is expected to be exercised, the asset  
is depreciated over the useful life of the 
asset. The accounting policy adopted 
for finance leases is also applied to hire 
purchase agreements.

2.23 Dividend distribution
Dividend distribution to the Company’s 
shareholders is recognised as a liability  
in the Group Financial Statements in  
the period in which the dividends are 
approved by the Company’s shareholders.

2.24 Exceptional items
Items that are both material and 
non-recurring are presented as 
exceptional items within their relevant 
consolidated income statement 
category. The separate reporting of 
exceptional items helps provide a 
clearer indication of the Group’s 
underlying business performance.

Items which may give rise to 
classification as exceptional include, 
but are not limited to, restructuring of 
the business or depot network, asset 
impairments and litigation settlements.

There were no exceptional items in either 
of the two years ended 30 April 2018.

2.25 Financial risk management
The Group carries out treasury hedging 
activities to manage exposures to 
interest rate movements on its core 
borrowings using interest rate swaps.

The Group only uses derivatives for 
hedging purposes and they are 
recognised at fair value and are 
re-measured to fair value at each 
balance sheet date. Where an interest 
rate swap qualifies as an effective 
hedge under IAS 39, movements in fair 
value are shown as an adjustment to 
the net interest charge being hedged.

Movements in fair value of derivatives 
that do not qualify as an effective 
hedge under IAS 39 are shown in ‘other 
net gains’ within the income statement. 
The Group identifies, evaluates and 
hedges financial risks centrally under 
policies approved by the Board covering 
specific areas, such as interest rate risk, 
foreign exchange risk and credit risk.

79

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Clipper Logistics plc Company Financial StatementsGroup Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued

2.26 Critical accounting estimates, 
assumptions and judgments
The Group makes estimates and 
assumptions concerning the future.  
The resulting accounting estimates 
will, by definition, seldom equal the 
related actual results. The estimates, 
assumptions and judgments that have 
a significant risk of causing a material 
adjustment to the carrying amounts  
of assets and liabilities within the next 
financial year are discussed below.

a. Revenue recognition
Judgment is required when determining 
the appropriate timing and amount  
of revenue to be recognised in the 
value-added logistics segment. The 
varied contractual terms, costs and 
performance requirements used 
to determine revenue can lead to 
complexity around the calculation  
of deferred and accrued revenue,  
and ensuring revenue is recognised  
in the correct period.

b. Fair value of intangible assets 
acquired in business combinations
As there is no ready market for 
intangible assets such as customer 
relationships and brands, judgment is 
required in assessing fair value when 
accounting for a business combination. 
The factors over which judgment is 
applied,include: the types of asset to 
recognise; future cash flows; discount 
rates; and other items such as forecast 
customer attrition rates.

Estimates and judgments are continually 
evaluated by management, on a 
case-by-case basis, based on historical 
experience and other factors, including 
expectations of future events that are 
believed to be reasonable under the 
circumstances.

80

2.27 Adoption of new and revised 
reporting standards
The Group has applied all accounting 
standards and interpretations issued  
by the IASB and IFRIC except for the 
following standards and interpretations 
which were in issue but not yet effective:

Effective date  
(annual periods 
beginning  

on or after)

1 January 2018

1 January 2018

Title

IFRS 15 ‘Revenue 
from Contracts  
with Customers’

IFRS 9 ‘Financial 
Instruments’  
(issued in 2014)

IFRS 16 ‘Leases’

1 January 2019

Annual 
Improvements to IFRS 
2015–2017 Cycle

1 January 2019

The effective dates stated above are 
those given in the original IASB/IFRIC 
standards and interpretations.

As the Group prepares its financial 
information in accordance with IFRS  
as adopted by the European Union,  
the application of new standards and 
interpretations will be subject to them 
having been endorsed for use in the EU 
via the EU endorsement mechanism.  
In the majority of cases this will result  
in an effective date consistent with  
that given in the original standard  
or interpretation but the need for 
endorsement restricts the Group’s 
discretion to early adopt standards.

IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’ was issued 
by the IASB in July 2014 and becomes 
effective for the Group for the year 
ending 30 April 2019. Applying IFRS 9 will 
result in changes to the measurement 
and disclosure of financial instruments 
and introduces a new expected loss 
impairment model. The Group does  
not currently expect adoption of 
the standard to have a significant 
impact on its consolidated results or 
financial position.

IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from Contracts with 
Customers’ is effective in the Group 
Financial Statements for the year ending 
30 April 2019. The standard provides  
a more detailed principles-based 
approach for income recognition than 
the current standard IAS 18 Revenue. 
During the year the Group carried out 
an assessment of its revenue streams 
and assessed the revenue recognition 
policies for these goods and services 
against the requirements of IFRS 15. 

Accordingly, based on the Group’s 
assessment, the application of IFRS 15 
is not anticipated to have a material 
impact on the timing of revenue 
recognition and is not anticipated to 
have a material impact on the Group’s 
operating profit or financial position. 
The Group will adopt IFRS 15 on 1 May 
2017 using the retrospective approach. 
Additional disclosures will be required 
under IFRS 15.

IFRS 16, which incorporates the future 
recognition of leases, replaces IAS 17 
and the associated interpretations IFRIC 
4, SIC 15 and SIC 27. Currently, IAS 17 
Leases only requires leases categorised 
as finance leases to be recognised on 
the balance sheet. 

The new standard is effective for annual 
periods beginning on or after 1 January 
2019. It will eliminate the classification of 
leases as either operating leases or 
finance leases and, instead, introduce 
a single lessee accounting model. 

As at 30 April 2018, the Group holds a 
significant number of operating leases 
which currently, under IAS 17, are 
expensed on a straight-line basis over 
the lease term (see note 24). Finance 
lease obligations as at 30 April 2018  
are set out in note 20.

Under IFRS 16, the Group will recognise 
within the balance sheet a right-of-use 
asset and a lease liability for future 
lease payments in respect of all leases 
unless the underlying assets are of low 
value or the lease term is 12 months  
or less. Within the income statement, 
rental expense on the impacted leases 
will be replaced with depreciation  
on the right-of-use asset and interest 
expense on the lease liability.

Although the impact is yet to be  
fully quantified, the adoption of  
the standard will result in a material: 
increase in property, plant and 
equipment and corresponding  
lease liability balances; decrease in 
operating costs; increase in finance 
costs; and impact on cash flows from 
financing and operating activities.

In the current year, amendments to  
IAS 7 and 12 and those arising from the 
annual improvements to IFRSs 2014 – 
2016 Cycle have been adopted. There 
has been no material impact, although 
there have been some minor changes 
to disclosure.

 Clipper Logistics plc Group Financial Statements3. Revenue

Revenue recognised in the income statement is analysed as follows:

E-fulfilment & returns management services
Non e-fulfilment logistics

Value‑added logistics services

Commercial vehicles
Inter-segment sales

Revenue from external customers

2018 
Group 
£’000

159,350
139,144

298,494

103,598
(1,977)

2017 
Group 
£’000

129,854
121,930

251,784

91,515
(3,172)

400,115

340,127

Non e-fulfilment logistics revenue includes £4,200,000 (2017: £nil) in respect of property-related advisory services.

Geographical information – revenue from external customers: 

United Kingdom
Germany
Rest of Europe

Revenue from external customers

2018 
Group 
£’000

351,409
21,059
27,647

400,115

2017 
Group 
£’000

302,730
16,103
21,294

340,127

Geography is determined by the location of the end customer. In the year ended 30 April 2018 the Group had no customers 
that accounted for greater than 10% of the total Group revenue (2017: one).

The revenue all arose in the value‑added logistics services segment as follows:

Revenue from largest single customer

2018 
Group 
£’000

Not applicable

2017 
Group 
£’000

35,179

4. Segment information
For the Group, the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) is the main Board of Directors. The CODM monitors the operating 
results of each business unit separately for the purposes of making decisions about resource allocation and performance 
assessment. Segment performance is evaluated based on operating profit or loss, both before and after exceptional or 
discontinuing items. This measurement basis excludes Group-wide central services and financing costs which are not 
allocated to operating segments.

For management purposes, the Group is organised into two main reportable segments:

 − value-added logistics services; and
 − commercial vehicles, including sales, servicing and repairs.

Within the value-added logistics services segment, the CODM also reviews performance of three separate business activities:

 − e-fulfilment & returns management services; 
 − non e-fulfilment logistics; and
 − central logistics overheads, being the costs of support services specific to the value-added logistics services segment, 

but which are impractical to allocate between the sub-segment activities.

These three separate business activities comprise one segment.

Inter-segment transactions are entered into under normal commercial terms and conditions and on an arm’s length basis that 
would also be available to unrelated third parties.

81

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Clipper Logistics plc Company Financial StatementsGroup Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued

4. Segment information continued
The following tables present profit information for continuing operations regarding the Group’s business segments for the two 
years ended 30 April 2018:

Earnings before interest & tax (“EBIT”):

E-fulfilment & returns management services
Non e-fulfilment logistics
Central logistics overheads

Value‑added logistics services
Commercial vehicles
Head office costs

Group EBIT

Amortisation of other intangible assets:

E-fulfilment & returns management services
Non e-fulfilment logistics
Central logistics overheads

Value‑added logistics services
Commercial vehicles
Head office costs

Group total

Share of tax and finance costs of equity‑accounted investees:

Net finance costs
Income tax credit/(expense)

Group total 

Operating profit and profit before income tax:

Operating profit:
E-fulfilment & returns management services
Non e-fulfilment logistics
Central logistics overheads

Value‑added logistics services
Commercial vehicles
Head office costs

Operating profit before share of equity‑accounted investees
Share of equity-accounted investees, net of tax

Operating profit

Finance costs
Finance income

Profit before income tax

82

2018 
Group 
£’000

11,874
14,786
(5,688)

20,972
2,450
(2,568)

20,854

2018 
Group 
£’000

(462)
(632)
–

(1,094)
–
–

(1,094)

2018 
Group 
£’000

(35)
217

182

2018 
Group 
£’000

12,483
14,154
(5,688)

20,949
2,450
(2,568)

20,831
(889)

19,942

(2,014)
38

17,966

2017 
Group 
£’000

10,232
12,431
(4,832)

17,831
2,342
(2,245)

17,928

2017 
Group 
£’000

(156)
(21)
–

(177)
–
–

(177)

2017 
Group 
£’000

(9)
(54)

(63)

2017 
Group 
£’000

9,796
12,410
(4,832)

17,374
2,342
(2,245)

17,471
217

17,688

(1,657)
21

16,052

 Clipper Logistics plc Group Financial Statements4. Segment information continued
The segment assets and liabilities at the balance sheet date are as follows:

At 30 April 2018:

Value-added logistics services
Commercial vehicles

Segment assets/(liabilities)

Unallocated assets/(liabilities):
 − Cash and cash equivalents
 − Financial liabilities
 − Deferred tax
 − Income tax assets/(liabilities)

Total assets/(liabilities)

At 30 April 2017:

Value-added logistics services
Commercial vehicles

Segment assets/(liabilities)

Unallocated assets/(liabilities):
 − Cash and cash equivalents
 − Financial liabilities
 − Deferred tax
 − Income tax assets/(liabilities)

Total assets/(liabilities)

Segment 
assets 
£’000

142,765
38,208

Segment 
liabilities 
£’000

(69,601)
(34,365)

180,973

(103,966)

2,275
–
–
–

–
(35,883)
(1,541)
(2,540)

183,248

(143,930)

Segment 
assets 
£’000

99,077
45,889

144,966

862
–
353
–

Segment 
liabilities 
£’000

(46,442)
(40,120)

(86,562)

–
(27,362)
–
(2,187)

146,181

(116,111)

Capital expenditure, depreciation and amortisation by segment in the year ended 30 April was as follows: 

Capital expenditure:

Value-added logistics services
Commercial vehicles

Total

2018 
Group 
£’000

12,313
725

13,038

2017 
Group 
£’000

19,386
851

20,237

Capital expenditure comprises additions to property, plant and equipment (note 14) and intangible assets (note 12).

Depreciation:

Value-added logistics services
Commercial vehicles

Total

Amortisation:

Value-added logistics services
Commercial vehicles

Total

2018 
Group 
£’000

5,701
693

6,394

2018 
Group 
£’000

1,616
5

1,621

2017 
Group 
£’000

4,012
713

4,725

2017 
Group 
£’000

539
9

548

83

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Clipper Logistics plc Company Financial StatementsGroup Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued

4. Segment information continued
Non‑current assets held by each geographical area are made up as follows:

United Kingdom
Germany
Rest of Europe
Deferred taxation assets

Total

5. Staff costs

Wages and salaries
Social security costs
Pension costs for the defined contribution scheme
Share based payments

Total

The average monthly number of employees during the year was made up as follows:

Warehousing
Distribution
Service and maintenance
Administration

Total

Key management compensation (including Executive Directors):

Wages and salaries
Social security costs
Pension costs for the defined contribution scheme
Share based payments

Total

Directors’ emoluments:

Aggregate emoluments excluding share based payments on unvested awards
Aggregate gains made by Directors on the exercise of options
Pension costs for the defined contribution scheme

Total

2018  
Group  
£’000

80,789
4,103
552
–

85,444

2018  
Group  
£’000

102,032
9,853
1,768
1,219

114,872

2018  
Group  

Number

3,056
468
447
560

4,531

2018  
Group  
£’000

2,873
396
328
1,026

4,623

2018  
Group  
£’000

1,214
72
21

1,307

2017  
Group  
£’000

62,409
4,617
240
353

67,619

2017  
Group  
£’000

84,462
7,791
1,474
832

94,559

2017  
Group  

Number

2,402
416
396
526

3,740

2017  
Group  
£’000

2,680
370
336
793

4,179

2017  
Group  
£’000

1,309
–
48

1,357

The number of Directors who were accruing benefits under a Group pension scheme is as follows:

Defined contribution plans

84

2018  
Group  

Number

2

2017  
Group  

Number

3

 Clipper Logistics plc Group Financial Statements6. Operating profit
This is stated after charging:

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment – owned assets
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment – leased assets
Amortisation of intangible assets (included within administration and other expenses)

Total depreciation and amortisation expense

Operating lease rentals:
 − Vehicles, plant and equipment
 − Land and buildings

Auditor’s remuneration:
 − Audit of the Group Financial Statements
 − Audit of the subsidiaries
 − Non-audit fees

Total fees paid to the Group’s auditor

Operating profit is stated after crediting:

Other net gains:
 − Profit on sale of property, plant and equipment
 − Dealership contributions
 − Fair value adjustment to derivative financial instruments
 − Rental income

Total net gains

7. Dividends 

Final dividend for the prior year of 4.8 pence (2017: 4.0 pence) per share
Interim dividend for the year of 2.8 pence (2017: 2.4 pence) per share

Total dividends paid

2018  
Group  
£’000

2,976
3,418
1,621

8,015

2017  
Group  
£’000

2,023
2,702
548

5,273

10,338
20,940

8,876
18,069

69
99
–

168

2018  
Group  
£’000

2,203
136
–
59

2,398

2018  
Group  
£’000

4,814
2,808

7,622

60
82
–

142

2017  
Group  
£’000

260
135
10
–

405

2017  
Group  
£’000

4,000
2,400

6,400

Proposed final dividend for the year ended 30 April 2018 of 5.6 pence (2017: 4.8 pence)  
per share 

5,681

4,813

The proposed final dividend is subject to approval by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting and has not been included 
as a liability in these Financial Statements. The proposed dividend is payable to all shareholders on the Register of Members 
on 7 September 2018. The payment of this dividend will not have any tax consequences for the Group.

8. Finance costs

On bank loans and overdrafts
On hire purchase agreements
Amortisation of debt issue costs
Commercial vehicle stocking interest
Invoice discounting
Other interest payable

2018  
Group  
£’000

547
926
114
339
62
26

2017  
Group  
£’000

438
766
97
299
–
57

Total interest expense for financial liabilities measured at amortised cost

2,014

1,657

85

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Clipper Logistics plc Company Financial StatementsGroup Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued

9. Finance income

Bank interest
Other interest
Amounts receivable from related parties

Total interest income for financial assets measured at amortised cost

10. Income tax expense
10.1 Tax charged in the income statement:

Current income tax:
UK and foreign corporation tax
Amounts (over)/under provided in previous years

Total income tax on continuing operations

Deferred tax:
Origination and reversal of temporary differences
Amounts (over)/under provided in previous years
Impact of change in tax laws and rates

Total deferred tax

2018  
Group  
£’000

2
1
35

38

2018  
Group  
£’000

4,249
(230)

4,019

(355)
(2)
23

(334)

2017  
Group  
£’000

–
3
18

21

2017  
Group  
£’000

3,620
90

3,710

(144)
48
(28)

(124)

Tax expense in the income statement on continuing operations

3,685

3,586

10.2 Tax relating to items charged or credited to other comprehensive income:
There are no tax consequences of any of the items included in other comprehensive income.

10.3 Reconciliation of income tax charge:
The income tax expense in the income statement for the year differs from the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK.  
The differences are reconciled below:

Profit before taxation from continuing operations
Standard rate of corporation tax in UK
Tax on profit on ordinary activities at standard rate
Share of equity-accounted investees, already net of tax
Expenses not allowable for tax purposes
Tax (over)/under provided in previous years
Difference in tax rates overseas
Deferred tax rate difference

Total tax expense reported in the income statement

2018  
Group  
£’000

17,966
19.00%
3,414
169
194
(232)
117
23

3,685

2017  
Group  
£’000

16,052
19.92%
3,198
(43)
212
138
109
(28)

3,586

86

 Clipper Logistics plc Group Financial Statements10. Income tax expense continued
10.4 Deferred tax in the statement of financial position:

Year ended 30 April 2017
Tax effect of temporary differences  
due to:
Share based payments
Other timing differences

Deferred tax assets (gross)

Intangible assets
Accelerated capital allowances
Other timing differences

Deferred tax liabilities (gross)

Net deferred tax

Year ended 30 April 2018

Tax effect of temporary differences 
due to:

Share based payments
Other timing differences

Deferred tax assets (gross)

Intangible assets
Accelerated capital allowances
Other timing differences

Deferred tax liabilities (gross)

Net deferred tax

(Charged)/
credited to 
income 
statement 
£’000

Foreign 
currency 
adjustment
£’000

Brought 
forward
£’000

(Charged)/
credited to 
share based 
payment 
reserve
£’000

Acquisitions
£’000

 Carried 
forward
Group
 £’000

309
58

367

(178)
(356)
(35)

(569)

(202)

873
196

1,069

(150)
(512)
(54)

(716)

353

135
136

271

28
(156)
(19)

(147)

124

(137)
131

(6)

231
102
7

340

334

–
2

2

–
–
–

–

2

–
4

4

–
–
–

–

4

429
–

429

–
–
–

–

429

(155)
–

(155)

–
–
–

–

–
–

–

–
–
–

–

–

–
70

70

(1,818)
(329)
–

873
196

1,069

(150)
(512)
(54)

(716)

353

581
401

982

(1,737)
(739)
(47)

(2,147)

(2,523)

(155)

(2,077)

(1,541)

The UK corporation tax rate reduced from 20% to 19% with effect from 1 April 2017 and will reduce further to 17% with effect 
from 1 April 2020. A rate of 17% (2017: 17%) has been applied in the measurement of the Group’s UK deferred tax assets and 
liabilities in the year.

11. Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share amounts are calculated by dividing profit for the year attributable to ordinary equity holders of 
the Company by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings per share 
amounts are calculated by dividing the profit attributable to ordinary equity holders of the Company by the weighted 
average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year plus the weighted average number of ordinary shares  
that would be issued on conversion of all the potentially dilutive instruments into ordinary shares.

The following reflects the income and share data used in the earnings per share computation:

Profit attributable to ordinary equity holders of the Company

Basic weighted average number of shares (thousands)
Basic earnings per share

Diluted weighted average number of shares (thousands)
Diluted earnings per share

2018  
Group  
£’000

2017  
Group  
£’000

14,281

12,466

2018  
Group 

100,338
14.2p

101,358
14.1p

2017  
Group 

100,011
12.5p

101,710
12.3p

87

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Clipper Logistics plc Company Financial StatementsGroup Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued

12. Intangible assets

Cost:
At 1 May 2016
Additions
Disposals
Foreign currency adjustment

At 30 April 2017

Additions
Disposals
Acquisitions
Foreign currency adjustment

At 30 April 2018

Accumulated amortisation:
At 1 May 2016
Charge for the year
Disposals
Foreign currency adjustment

At 30 April 2017

Charge for the year
Disposals
Foreign currency adjustment

At 30 April 2018

Net book value:
At 1 May 2016

At 30 April 2017

At 30 April 2018

Contracts,
customer

relationships  
and licences  
Group  
£’000

Goodwill  
Group  
£’000

Computer 
software  
Group  
£’000

23,252
–
–
–

23,252

–
–
2,699
–

2,031
–
–
7

2,038

–
–
9,580
5

25,951

11,623

–
–
–
–

–

–
–
–

–

23,252

23,252

25,951

974
177
–
2

1,153

1,094
–
5

2,252

1,057

885

9,371

1,967
551
(263)
16

2,271

1,060
(3)
740
21

4,089

1,378
371
(96)
5

1,658

527
–
8

2,193

589

613

1,896

Total  
Group  
£’000 

27,250
551
(263)
23

27,561

1,060
(3)
13,019
26

41,663

2,352
548
(96)
7

2,811

1,621
–
13

4,445

24,898

24,750

37,218

The average remaining useful life of contracts and licences at 30 April 2018 is 8.5 years (2017: 5.4 years).

13. Impairment test for goodwill
The carrying amount of goodwill has been allocated to each CGU as follows:

Value-added logistics services
Commercial vehicles

Total

2018  
Group  
£’000

20,025
5,926

25,951

2017  
Group  
£’000

17,326
5,926

23,252

A CGU is the smallest identifiable group of assets that generates cash inflows that are largely independent of the cash inflows 
from other assets or groups of assets. The recoverable amount of a CGU is determined based on value-in-use calculations.

The value-in-use calculations have used pre-tax cash flow projections based on the Board approved business plans for the 
three years ending 30 April 2021. 

The business plans for the value-added logistics services segment take into account the annualised impact of contract  
wins in the year ended 30 April 2018 as well as confirmed new and ceasing contracts. The key judgment is the assumed  
new contract wins during the business plan period, which has been based on historical experience. 

Subsequent cash flows are extrapolated using an estimated long-term growth rate of 3.3% (2017: 2.5%) to 2028 (2017: 2027). 
The cash flows have then been discounted using a pre-tax risk adjusted discount rate of between 8.5% and 10.3% (2017: 9% 
and 11%). The forecasts of foreign operations are translated at the exchange rate ruling at the year end. 

The Directors have concluded that no reasonably foreseeable change in the key assumptions would give rise to an impairment.

88

 Clipper Logistics plc Group Financial Statements14. Property, plant and equipment 

Freehold 
property  
Group  
£’000

Leasehold 
property  
Group  
£’000

Motor  
vehicles  
Group  
£’000

Cost:
At 1 May 2016
Additions
Disposals
Foreign currency adjustment

At 30 April 2017

Additions
Acquisitions
Disposals
Foreign currency adjustment

At 30 April 2018

Accumulated depreciation:
At 1 May 2016
Charge for the year
Disposals
Foreign currency adjustment

At 30 April 2017

Charge for the year
Disposals
Foreign currency adjustment

At 30 April 2018

Net book value:
At 1 May 2016

At 30 April 2017

At 30 April 2018

–
–
–
–

–

–
3,860
(3,860)
–

–

–
–
–
–

–

34
(34)
–

–

–

–

–

Plant, 
machinery, 
fixtures & 
fittings  
Group  
£’000

39,523
18,711
(3,429)
232

55,037

7,852
771
(651)
180

Total  
Group  
£’000

48,853
19,686
(4,694)
367

64,212

11,978
4,813
(5,279)
270

5,099
777
(1,123)
129

4,882

486
80
(768)
83

4,763

63,189

75,994

2,295
861
(794)
26

2,388

844
(620)
23

18,933
3,511
(1,907)
111

20,648

5,017
(170)
87

23,289
4,725
(2,843)
142

25,313

6,394
(824)
113

4,231
198
(142)
6

4,293

3,640
102
–
7

8,042

2,061
353
(142)
5

2,277

499
–
3

2,779

2,635

25,582

30,996

2,170

2,016

5,263

2,804

2,494

2,128

20,590

34,389

25,564

38,899

37,607

44,998

Included within property, plant and equipment are amounts held under finance lease contracts. At 30 April 2018, the net book 
value of these assets was £28,257,000 (2017: £27,314,000). Total additions include £5,129,000 (2017: £13,697,000) under finance 
lease contracts.

Additions to plant, machinery, fixtures & fittings include £1,587,000 (2017: £1,824,000) in respect of assets in the course of construction.

15. Investment in equity‑accounted investees

Brought forward
Subscription for share capital
Share of (loss)/profit after tax for the period

Carried forward

2018  
Group  
£’000

2,167
–
(889)

1,278

2017  
Group  
£’000

–
1,950
217

2,167

The Company owns 50% of the issued capital and voting rights of Clicklink Logistics Limited (“Clicklink”), a company 
incorporated in Great Britain and registered in England and Wales. Clicklink provides services in respect of the sortation, 
fulfilment and delivery of one-man orders to click and collect customer collection points in the United Kingdom. 
On 1 November 2016 the Company subscribed for 1,000,000 A ordinary shares of £1 each in Clicklink, for aggregate 
consideration of £1,950,000. Clicklink commenced trading on 1 November 2016 and has a 31 January financial period end. 

89

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Clipper Logistics plc Company Financial StatementsGroup Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued

15. Investment in equity‑accounted investees continued
Summarised financial information from Clicklink’s audited accounts for the year ended 31 January 2018 is set  
out below:

31 January  
2018  
£’000

31 January  
2017  

£’000

Current assets
Non-current assets
Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities

Equity attributable to owners of the company

Revenue
Operating (loss)/profit
Interest payable and similar charges
Income tax credit/(expense)

(Loss)/profit for the period

16. Inventories

Component parts and consumable stores
Commercial vehicles
Commercial vehicles on consignment

Total inventories net of provision for obsolescence

See below for the movements in the provision for obsolescence:

At 1 May 2016
Charged for the year
Utilised

At 30 April 2017

Charged for the year
Utilised

At 30 April 2018

6,331
4,359
(5,001)
(2,962)

2,727

Year ended  
31 January  
2018  
£’000

19,730
(1,933)
(70)
396

(1,607)

2018  
Group  
£’000

4,901
3,199
13,999

22,099

7,874
4,677
(5,312)
(2,905)

4,334

13 weeks 
ended  
31 January  
2017  

£’000

6,624
560
(18)
(108)

434

2017  
Group  
£’000

4,459
3,225
22,288

29,972

Group  
£’000

9
114
(36)

87

128
(103)

112

The cost of inventories recognised as an expense amounted to £108,599,000 (2017: £91,072,000).

Included within commercial vehicles is £941,000 (2017: £768,000) relating to assets held under hire purchase agreements.

17. Trade and other receivables

Trade receivables
Less: provision for impairment of receivables

Trade receivables – net

Other receivables
Amounts receivable from related parties (see note 27)
Prepayments and accrued income

Total trade and other receivables

2018  
Group  
£’000

43,769
(455)

43,314

3,461
5,785
20,870

73,430

2017  
Group  
£’000

24,297
(340)

23,957

2,708
522
20,541

47,728

See note 26 on credit risk of trade receivables, which explains how the Group manages and measures credit quality of trade 
receivables that are neither past due nor impaired.

90

 Clipper Logistics plc Group Financial Statements17. Trade and other receivables continued
See below for the movements in the provision for impairment:

At 1 May 2016
Charged for the year
Foreign currency adjustment
Utilised

At 30 April 2017

Charged for the year
Foreign currency adjustment
Utilised

At 30 April 2018

Group  
£’000

328
227
1
(216)

340

328
3
(216)

455

Concentrations of credit risk with respect to trade receivables are limited due to the Group’s customer base being large, 
unrelated and blue chip. Due to this, management believes there is no further credit risk provision required in excess of normal 
provision for doubtful receivables. The average credit period taken on sale of goods or services is 31 days (2017: 22 days).

An impairment review has been undertaken at the balance sheet date to assess whether the carrying amount of financial 
assets is deemed recoverable. The primary credit risk relates to customers which have amounts due outside of their credit 
period. A provision for impairment is made when there is objective evidence of impairment which is usually indicated by  
a delay in the expected cash flows or non-payment from customers.

The ageing analysis of trade receivables was as follows:

30 April 2018
30 April 2017

18. Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents
Bank overdraft

Net cash and cash equivalents

19. Trade and other payables

Trade payables
Consignment inventory payables
Amounts payable to related parties (see note 27)
Other taxes and social security
Other payables
Deferred consideration for acquisitions
Accruals and deferred income

Total trade and other payables

Neither past 
due nor 
impaired

£’000

40,748
22,245

Total

£’000

43,314
23,957

Past due but not impaired

30–60 days 
£’000

60–90 days 
£’000

>90 days 
£’000

1,560
816

595
64

411
832

2018  
Group  
£’000

2,275
(1,337)

938

2018 
Group 
£’000

33,825
18,687
233
9,520
5,012
500
34,625

102,402

2017  
Group  
£’000

862
–

862

2017 
Group 
£’000

28,760
29,230
171
5,372
5,103
–
16,432

85,068

91

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Clipper Logistics plc Company Financial StatementsGroup Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued

20. Financial liabilities: borrowings

Non‑current:
Bank loans
Obligations under finance leases or hire purchase agreements

Total non‑current

Current:
Bank loans
Bank overdraft
Obligations under finance leases or hire purchase agreements

Total current

Total borrowings

Less:
Cash and cash equivalents (see note 18)
Non-current financial assets (see note 27)

Net debt

The maturity analysis of the bank loans at 30 April is as follows:

In one year or less
Between one and five years
After five years

Total bank loans

2018 
Group 
£’000

9,841
16,823

26,664

887
1,337
6,995

9,219

2017 
Group 
£’000

1,330
18,643

19,973

797
–
6,592

7,389

35,883

27,362

2,275
1,950

31,658

2018 
Group 
£’000

887
9,841
–

10,728

862
1,450

25,050

2017 
Group 
£’000

797
1,330
–

2,127

The principal lender has security over all assets of the Group’s UK operations. The Group’s principal bank facilities were 
increased in October 2017 and now total £40,000,000 consisting of:

 − a Revolving Credit Facility of £30,000,000 repayable in January 2021; interest rate 1.75% above LIBOR. The amount drawn  

at 30 April 2018 was £9,000,000;

 − a committed overdraft of £8,000,000. The amount drawn at 30 April 2018 was £1,337,000; and
 − bonds and guarantees of £2,000,000.

In addition to the Revolving Credit Facility above, other items included within bank loans at 30 April 2018 are as follows:

 − other bank loans – £2,079,000 repayable in monthly instalments over periods between 16 and 60 months; interest rates fixed 

at between 3.72% and 4.80%; and

 − unamortised debt issue costs of £351,000 in relation to the principal facilities, which have been deducted from the total 

outstanding bank loans. 

92

 Clipper Logistics plc Group Financial Statements20. Financial liabilities: borrowings continued
The amounts which are repayable under hire purchase or finance lease instalments are shown below:

Fixed rate leases:
Minimum lease payments:
In one year or less
Between one and five years
After five years

Interest:
In one year or less
Between one and five years
After five years

Principal of fixed rate leases:
In one year or less
Between one and five years
After five years

Variable rate leases:
In one year or less
Between one and five years
After five years

Total

2018 
Group 
£’000

2017 
Group 
£’000

6,822
16,922
–

23,744

(738)
(853)
–

(1,591)

6,084
16,069
–

22,153

911
754
–

1,665

23,818

6,631
19,008
–

25,639

(830)
(1,194)
–

(2,024)

5,801
17,814
–

23,615

791
829
–

1,620

25,235

It is the Group’s policy to acquire certain of its property, plant and equipment and inventories under finance leases or hire 
purchase agreements. The average contract term is 4.7 (2017: 4.5) years. At 30 April 2018 £22,756,000 (2017: £23,636,000) of the 
Group total of such obligations is denominated in Pounds Sterling and the remainder is denominated in Euros. The interest on 
the variable rate leases is based on a margin above Bank Base Rate or LIBOR. The Group’s obligations under finance leases 
are secured by the lessor’s charge over the assets.

Changes in liabilities from financing activities:

Balance at 1 May 2017

Changes from financing cash flows
Drawdown of bank loans 
Repayment of bank loans 
Payment of finance lease liabilities 
Debt issue costs paid 

Total changes from financing cash flows 

Changes arising from obtaining or losing control of subsidiaries or other businesses 

The effect of changes in foreign exchange rates 

Other changes
New finance leases in respect of additions to property, plant and equipment 
New finance leases in respect of commercial vehicle inventories
Bank loans in respect of additions to intangible assets and property, plant and equipment 
Finance costs 

Total other changes

Balance at 30 April 2018 

Bank
 loans 
£’000

2,127 

9,017
(812)
–
(101)

8,104

–

2

–
–
381
114

 495

Finance 
leases
£’000

25,235 

–
–
(7,366)
–

(7,366)

–

75

4,966
908
–
–

5,874

10,728

23,818

93

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Clipper Logistics plc Company Financial StatementsGroup Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued

21. Provisions

At 1 May 2016
Utilised
Consideration received
Charged in year

At 30 April 2017

Utilised
Charged in year

At 30 April 2018

Onerous 
contracts 
Group 
£’000

Uninsured 
losses 
Group 
£’000

Dilapidations 
Group 
£’000

172
(92)
–
19

99

(92)
10

17

–
(145)
–
145

–

(213)
213

706
(166)
557
298

1,395

(206)
358

Total 
Group 
£’000

878
(403)
557
462

1,494

(511)
581

–

1,547

1,564

2018 
Group 
£’000

78
1,486

1,564

2017 
Group 
£’000

127
1,367

1,494

Provisions have been analysed between current and non‑current as follows:

Current
Non-current

Total

Onerous contracts
Following a reorganisation of the commercial vehicles business in the year ended 30 April 2013, which included the closure  
of a depot, the Group was unsuccessful in its efforts to sub-let the closed premises. The Directors therefore made a provision  
in the year ended 30 April 2014 for the rent that will be payable until the expiry of the lease in September 2018.

Uninsured losses
The uninsured losses provision is in respect of the cost of claims (generally for commercial vehicles and employment related) 
which are either not insured externally or fall below the excess on the Group’s insurance policies.

Dilapidations
Provisions are established over the life of leases to cover remedial work necessary at termination under the terms of those 
leases. Two warehouses have leases that expire 19 and 15 years from the balance sheet date and an office lease expires  
13 years from the balance sheet date. All other leases expire in 10 years or less.

During the prior year the Company took assignment of a property lease with seven years remaining and received compensation 
from the previous tenant, reflecting the agreed value of accrued dilapidation remedial works at the date of handover.

22. Share capital

Allotted, called up and fully paid:
101,360,523 (2017: 100,022,968) ordinary shares of 0.05 pence each

2018 
Company 
£’000

2017 
Company 
£’000

51

50

During the year the Company issued 1,087,555 ordinary shares to satisfy employee share options, for aggregate consideration 
of £1,381,000; and 250,000 ordinary shares at a price of 100 pence per share to satisfy an option dated 30 May 2014 which was 
entered into by the Company and the Company’s broker Numis Securities Limited. The new shares rank pari passu with all 
existing ordinary shares in issue. See also note 23.

23. Share based payments
The Clipper Performance Share Plan (“PSP”) was approved by shareholders on 29 September 2014. The PSP enables selected 
directors and employees of the Group to be granted awards in respect of ordinary shares. Share awards under the PSP will 
ordinarily be structured as nil-cost share options with the vesting of share awards being subject to performance conditions 
measured over a period of at least three years. A summary of the principal terms of the PSP, including vesting conditions, 
is contained in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 46 to 60. 

The Clipper Sharesave Plan is a share plan for all UK employees in the Group, and offers them the opportunity to acquire an 
interest in shares in the Company on favourable terms within the long-standing regime allowed by HMRC legislation. All UK staff 
are invited to participate on the same terms, and employees who choose to participate are granted an option over shares in 
the Company, with the exercise of that option being funded by the proceeds of a savings contract taken out by the relevant 
employee, under which the employee saves a set amount each month over a set period. The options granted in the year were 
offered with a three-year savings contract, under which the employee could elect to save between £5 and £500 per month.

94

 Clipper Logistics plc Group Financial Statements23. Share based payments continued
Option movements and weighted average exercise prices (“WAEP”) during the year were as follows:

Date

Outstanding 1 May 2016
Granted during the year
Forfeited during the year
Exercised during the year

Outstanding 30 April 2017

Granted during the year
Forfeited during the year
Exercised during the year

Outstanding 30 April 2018

PSP number

WAEP

1,365,446
379,848
(151,155)
–

1,594,139

336,293
(176,429)
(106,338)

1,647,665

nil
nil
nil
–

nil

nil
nil
nil

nil

Sharesave 
number 

1,519,869
311,214
(141,985)
(17,627)

WAEP

159.21p
303.74p
169.53p
140.40p

1,671,471

185.44p

561,980
(86,400)
(981,217)

379.74p
255.16p
140.64p

1,165,834

311.64p

At 30 April 2018, PSP options over 572,532 (2017: nil) and Sharesave options over 85,783 (2017: 4,509) of the above shares 
were exercisable.

The fair value of the share options is measured at the grant date, using the Black-Scholes model and taking into account  
the terms and conditions upon which the instruments were granted. 

The key inputs to the model are:

Share price at:
18 January 2018
13 February 2018
Expected life of option
Volatility
Dividend yield

2018

470.00p
407.00p
3.5 years
40%
1.62–1.87%

The expected life of the options has been estimated as six months beyond vesting date. Volatility has been calculated on  
a rolling three year period up to the week prior to grant. The dividend yield is calculated by applying dividends paid in the 
preceding 12 months to the share price at the grant date.

The cost of the options is recognised over the expected vesting period. The total charge for the year ended 30 April 2018 
relating to employee share based payment plans was £1,219,000 (2017: £832,000). The fair value of share options at 30 April 
2018 to be amortised in future years was £2,830,000 (2017: £2,052,000).

All share based payments in both years are equity settled.

24. Commitments and contingencies
Operating lease commitments – land and buildings:

Within one year
Between one and five years
After more than five years

Total minimum lease payments

Operating lease commitments – vehicles, plant and equipment:

Within one year
Between one and five years
After more than five years

Total minimum lease payments

2018 
Group 
£’000

20,807
59,529
56,754

2017 
Group 
£’000

19,191
66,367
77,567

137,090

163,125

2018 
Group 
£’000

6,597
9,243
2

2017 
Group 
£’000

5,844
9,443
11

15,842

15,298

95

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Clipper Logistics plc Company Financial StatementsGroup Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued

25. Capital commitments

Authorised and contracted for
Authorised but not contracted for

Total capital commitments

2018 
Group 
£’000

5,500
12,359

17,859

2017 
Group 
£’000

2,011
2,659

4,670

26. Financial instruments and financial risk management objectives and policies
In accordance with IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’ the Group has reviewed all contracts for 
embedded derivatives that are required to be separately accounted for if they do not meet certain requirements. The Group 
did not identify any such derivatives.

The Group is exposed to a number of different market risks in the normal course of business including credit, interest rate and 
foreign currency risks.

Credit risk
Credit risk predominantly arises from trade receivables and cash and cash equivalents. The Group has a customer credit 
policy in place and the exposure to credit risk is monitored on an ongoing basis. External credit ratings are generally obtained 
for customers; Group policy is to assess the credit quality of each customer before accepting any terms of trade.

Internal procedures take into account customers’ financial positions as well as their reputation within the industry and past 
payment experience. Cash and cash equivalents and derivative financial instruments are held with AAA or AA rated banks. 
Financial instruments classified as fair value through profit and loss and available for sale are all publicly traded on the London 
Stock Exchange. Given the high credit quality of counterparties with which the Group has investments, the Directors do not 
expect any counterparty to fail to meet its obligations.

At 30 April 2018 there were no significant concentrations of credit risk (2017: none). The Group’s maximum exposure to credit 
risk, gross of any collateral held, relating to its financial assets is equivalent to their carrying value. All financial assets have a 
fair value which is equal to their carrying value, as a consequence of their short maturity. The Group did not have any financial 
instruments that would mitigate the credit exposure arising from the financial assets designated at fair value through profit or 
loss in either the current or the preceding financial year.

Interest rate risk
The Group adopts a policy of ensuring that there is an appropriate mix of fixed and floating rates in managing its exposure to 
changes in interest rates on borrowings. Interest rate swaps are entered into, where necessary, to achieve this appropriate mix.

The interest rate swap taken on by the Company, as part of the novation of bank facilities from the former parent on 
2 May 2014, expired on 31 October 2016. 

Interest rate sensitivity
The Group’s borrowings are largely denominated in Pounds Sterling and the Group is therefore exposed to a change in the 
relevant interest rate. With all other variables held constant, the impact of a reasonably possible increase in interest rates of  
50 basis points (2017: 50 basis points) on that portion of borrowings affected would be to reduce the Group’s profit before tax 
by £132,000 (2017: £93,000).

Foreign currency risk
The Group is exposed to foreign currency risk on sales, purchases and borrowings that are denominated in currencies other 
than Pounds Sterling. The currencies giving rise to this risk are primarily the Euro, Polish Zloty and US dollar. The volume of 
transactions denominated in foreign currencies is not significant to the Group.

The exposure to a short-term fluctuation in exchange rates on the investment in foreign subsidiaries is not expected to have  
a material impact on the results of the Group.

Capital management
The Group’s main objective when managing capital is to protect returns to shareholders by ensuring the Group will continue  
to trade profitably in the foreseeable future. The Group also aims to maximise its capital structure of debt and equity so as  
to minimise its cost of capital.

The Group manages its capital with regard to the risks inherent in the business and the sector within which it operates by 
monitoring its gearing ratio on a regular basis and adjusting the level of dividends paid to ordinary shareholders.

The Group considers its capital to include equity and net debt. Net debt includes short and long-term borrowings (including 
overdrafts and lease obligations) net of cash and cash equivalents.

96

 Clipper Logistics plc Group Financial Statements26. Financial instruments and financial risk management objectives and policies continued
The Group has not made any changes to its capital management during the year. The Group has no long-term gearing ratio 
target. Borrowings are taken out to invest in the acquisition of subsidiaries, new sites or depots and are considered as part  
of that investment appraisal. Key measures monitored by the Group are interest cover and net debt compared to earnings 
before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation.

In order to achieve the overall objective, the Group’s capital management, amongst other things, aims to ensure that it  
meets financial covenants attached to the borrowings. The Group has satisfied all such financial covenants in both years.

EBIT
Finance costs (net)

Interest cover ratio

EBIT
Depreciation and impairment of property, plant and equipment
Amortisation and impairment of computer software

Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (“EBITDA”)
Net debt (note 20)

Net debt/EBITDA ratio

2018 
Group 
£’000

20,854
1,976

10.6

2018 
Group 
£’000

20,854
6,394
527

27,775
31,658

1.14

2017 
Group 
£’000

17,928
1,636

11.0

2017 
Group 
£’000

17,928
4,725
371

23,024
25,050

1.09

Liquidity risk
Management closely monitors available bank and other credit facilities in comparison to the Group’s outstanding commitments 
on a regular basis to ensure that the Group has sufficient funds to meet the obligations of the Group as they fall due. 

The Board receives regular cash forecasts which estimate the cash inflows and outflows over the next 24–36 months, so that 
management can ensure that sufficient financing can be arranged as it is required. The Group would normally expect that 
sufficient cash is generated in the operating cycle to meet the contractual cash flows as disclosed above through effective 
cash management.

Maturity of financial liabilities:

30 April 2017
Fixed rate borrowings
Floating rate borrowings

Total borrowings
Trade and other payables

Total financial liabilities

30 April 2018
Fixed rate borrowings
Floating rate borrowings

Total borrowings
Trade and other payables

Total financial liabilities

Due within 
one year 
£’000

Due between 
one and 
two years 
£’000

Due between 
two and 
five years 
£’000

6,598
791

7,389
81,681

89,070

6,971
2,248

9,219
84,972

94,191

6,013
695

6,708
–

6,708

6,712
584

7,296
–

7,296

13,496
134

13,630
–

13,630

10,549
9,170

19,719
–

19,719

Total 
£’000

26,107
1,620

27,727
81,681

109,408

24,232
12,002

36,234
84,972

121,206

Estimation of fair values
The main methods and assumptions used in estimating the fair values of financial instruments are as follows:

 − Derivatives: interest rate swaps are marked to market using listed market prices.
 − Interest-bearing loans and borrowings: fair value is calculated based on discounted expected future principal and interest 

cash flows.

 − Trade and other receivables/payables: the notional amounts for trade receivables/payables with a remaining life of less 

than one year are deemed to reflect their fair value.

97

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Clipper Logistics plc Company Financial StatementsGroup Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued

26. Financial instruments and financial risk management objectives and policies continued

Non‑current financial assets

Current financial assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables
Liabilities:
Bank overdraft
Short-term borrowings
Trade and other payables
Long-term borrowings

2018 
Book value 
£’000

2018 
Fair value 
£’000

2017 
Book value 
£’000

2017 
Fair value 
£’000

1,950

1,907

1,450

1,394

2,275
73,430

2,275
73,430

(1,337)
(9,219)
(102,402)
(26,664)

(1,337)
(9,219)
(102,402)
(25,919)

862
47,728

–
(7,389)
(85,068)
(19,973)

862
47,728

–
(7,389)
(85,068)
(19,100)

Long-term borrowings are classified as Level 2 (items with significant observable inputs) financial liabilities under IFRS 13.  
There have been no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 financial instruments during the year.

27. Related party disclosures
Clicklink Logistics Limited (see note 15) is a supplier of logistics services to the Group. The Group provides certain resources  
to Clicklink, principally people and vehicles, under the terms of the joint venture agreement. Amounts charged for these 
resources are included in revenue.

Branton Court Stud LLP, in which Steve Parkin is a partner, receives management and administration services from the Group.

Guiseley Association Football Club, which shares a common director with Clipper Logistics plc, receives sponsorship income 
from the Group.

Harrogate Road Restaurants Limited, a company which shares a common director with Clipper Logistics plc, receives 
management and administration services from the Group.

Hamsard 3476 Limited, a company controlled by Steve Parkin, receives property-related services from the Group. 

Knaresborough Investments Limited, a company controlled by Steve Parkin, receives management and administration 
services from the Group. 

Knaresborough Real Estate Limited, a company owned by Steve Parkin, is the landlord of one of the Group’s leasehold properties. 

Roydhouse Properties Limited is the landlord of two of the Company’s leasehold properties and has common directors with 
Clipper Logistics plc.

Southerns Office Interiors Limited supplies office furniture to the Group and is a customer of the commercial vehicles segment. 
A company owned by Steve Parkin is registered as a person with significant control over Southerns Limited, the ultimate parent 
of Southerns Office Interiors Limited.

Trust Electric Heating Limited, a supplier to the Group, shares a common director with Clipper Logistics plc.

In the prior year, the Group chartered an aircraft from South Acre Aviation Limited, a company owned by Steve Parkin. 

Key management compensation is disclosed in note 5.

98

 Clipper Logistics plc Group Financial Statements27. Related party disclosures continued
Balances owing to or from these related parties at 30 April were as follows:

Non‑current financial assets:
Clicklink Logistics Limited – interest bearing loan
Trade and other receivables:
Clicklink Logistics Limited – trading balance
Knaresborough Investments Limited 
Branton Court Stud LLP
Hamsard 3476 Limited – revenue
Southerns Office Interiors Limited
Trade and other payables:
Clicklink Logistics Limited
Southerns Office Interiors Limited
Trust Electric Heating Limited

2018 
Group 
£’000

1,950

1,491
–
93
4,200
1

168
63
2

2017 
Group 
£’000

1,450

282
115
125
–
–

135
36
–

The shareholders in Clicklink Logistics Limited have jointly made available to that company a term loan facility of £3,900,000 of 
which the Company’s 50% share is £1,950,000. The facility has been fully drawn in two loans. Interest on each loan is calculated 
at a margin above 12 month LIBOR and is payable annually. All loans drawn under the facility are repayable in November 2019.

Transactions with these related parties in the year ended 30 April were as follows:

Items credited to the income statement:
Clicklink Logistics Limited – revenue
Clicklink Logistics Limited – finance income
Branton Court Stud LLP
Hamsard 3476 Limited
Harrogate Road Restaurants Limited
Knaresborough Investments Limited
Southerns Office Interiors Limited
Items charged to the income statement:
Clicklink Logistics Limited
Guiseley Association Football Club
Hamsard 3476 Limited
Knaresborough Investments Limited
Knaresborough Real Estate Limited 
Roydhouse Properties Limited 
Southerns Office Interiors Limited 
South Acre Aviation Limited 
Trust Electric Heating Limited
Purchase of non‑current assets
Southerns Office Interiors Limited
Sale of non‑current assets
Clicklink Logistics Limited – items previously capitalised by the Company
Clicklink Logistics Limited – items procured but not capitalised by the Company

2018 
Group 
£’000

15,738
35
437
4,200
–
285
23

1,682
67
–
8
361
865
33
–
4

70

–
277

2017 
Group 
£’000

4,701
18
125
–
2
150
7

410
25
–
5
345
888
47
7
–

136

1,173
3,681

99

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Clipper Logistics plc Company Financial StatementsGroup Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued

28. Business combinations
28.1 Tesam Distribution Limited
On 24 May 2017 the Company acquired the entire issued share capital of Tesam Distribution Limited (“Tesam”) in exchange 
for cash consideration. Tesam operated as a provider of a variety of warehousing and distribution services to the retail sector. 
With effect from 30 April 2018 the Tesam operations have been hived-up into Clipper Logistics plc (see note T to the Company 
Financial Statements). 

Purchase consideration and cash flows:

Cash consideration paid

Total consideration payable

Analysis of cash flows:

Cash consideration paid in the year
Net cash acquired with the subsidiary (included in cash flows from investing activities)

Net cash flow on the acquisition

Acquisition:

Assets:
Property, plant and equipment
Customer relationships
Software
Trade and other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents
Liabilities:
Trade and other payables
Current tax liabilities
Current provisions
Deferred tax liabilities

Total identifiable net assets at fair value

Goodwill arising on acquisition

Total consideration

£’000

11,750

11,750

£’000

11,750
2,177

(9,573)

Fair value 
£’000

4,655
8,173
740
1,157
2,177

(3,488)
(147)
(1,036)
(1,801)

10,430

1,320

11,750

The goodwill of £1,320,000 comprises the value of expected synergies arising from the acquisition. Goodwill is allocated 
entirely to the value-added logistics services segment.

None of the goodwill recognised is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes.

From the date of acquisition, Tesam has contributed £14,810,000 of revenue and £4,871,000 to the profit before tax from 
continuing operations of the Group. 

Professional fees and costs in relation to the acquisition were £159,000 and have been charged to the income statement.

100

 Clipper Logistics plc Group Financial Statements28. Business combinations continued
28.2 RepairTech Limited
On 15 June 2017 the Company acquired the entire issued share capital of RepairTech Limited (“RepairTech”) in exchange for 
cash consideration. RepairTech is a specialist provider of consumer electronic repair services based in Southam, Warwickshire.

Purchase consideration:

Cash consideration paid
Deferred consideration paid June 2018

Total consideration payable

Analysis of cash flows:

Cash consideration paid in the year
Net cash acquired with the subsidiary (included in cash flows from investing activities)

Net cash flow on the acquisition

Acquisition:

Assets:
Property, plant and equipment
Customer relationships
Other intangible assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents
Liabilities:
Trade and other payables
Current tax liabilities
Deferred tax liabilities

Total identifiable net assets at fair value

Goodwill arising on acquisition

Total consideration

£’000

2,500
500

3,000

£’000

2,500
300

(2,200)

Fair value 
£’000

159
1,384
23
34
760
300

(611)
(153)
(275)

1,621

1,379

3,000

The goodwill of £1,379,000 comprises the value of expected synergies arising from the acquisition. Goodwill is allocated entirely 
to the value-added logistics services segment.

None of the goodwill recognised is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes.

Other intangible assets recognised consist of the acquired order book.

From the date of acquisition, RepairTech has contributed £3,183,000 of revenue and £396,000 to the profit before tax from 
continuing operations of the Group. 

Professional fees and costs in relation to the acquisition were £62,000 and have been charged to the income statement.

101

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Clipper Logistics plc Company Financial StatementsGroup Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
2018 
Company 
£’000

2017 
Company 
£’000

Note

D
D

D
E
F
F
S
N

G
H
J

I
J
M

J
M
N

O

5,712
8,968

14,680
39,381
24,605
1,950
1,950
–

82,566

466
62,770
892

64,128

146,694

67,675
18,637
61
2,136

88,509

25,246
1,430
1,599

28,275

116,784

51
1,710
(39)
851
2,745
24,592

29,910

146,694

5,712
194

5,906
33,522
20,228
1,950
1,450
279

63,335

394
37,947
49

38,390

101,725

44,920
15,210
43
1,766

61,939

18,057
1,279
–

19,336

81,275

50
80
40
851
2,038
17,391

20,450

101,725

Company Statement of Financial Position
At 30 April

Assets:
Non‑current assets

Goodwill
Other intangible assets

Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Investment in subsidiaries
Other investments
Non-current financial assets
Deferred tax assets

Total non‑current assets

Current assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents

Total current assets

Total assets

Equity and liabilities:
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Financial liabilities: borrowings
Short-term provisions
Current income tax liabilities

Total current liabilities

Non‑current liabilities
Financial liabilities: borrowings
Long-term provisions
Deferred tax liabilities

Total non‑current liabilities

Total liabilities

Equity shareholders’ funds
Share capital
Share premium
Currency translation reserve
Other reserve
Share based payment reserve
Retained earnings

Total equity attributable to the owners of the Company

Total equity and liabilities

Approved by the Board on 16 August 2018 and signed on its behalf by:

D A Hodkin
Chief Financial Officer 
Company No. 03042024

102

 Clipper Logistics plc Company Financial StatementsCompany Statement of Changes in Equity
For the year ended 30 April

Balance at 1 May 2016
Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income/(expense)
Equity settled transactions
Share issue
Dividends

Balance at 30 April 2017

Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income/(expense)
Equity settled transactions
Share issue
Dividends

Balance at 30 April 2018

Balance at 1 May 2016
Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income/(expense)
Equity settled transactions
Share issue
Dividends

Balance at 30 April 2017

Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income/(expense)
Equity settled transactions
Share issue
Dividends

Balance at 30 April 2018

Share  
capital 
Company 
£’000

 Share 
premium 
Company 
£’000

Currency 
translation 
reserve 
Company 
£’000

 Other  
reserve 
Company 
£’000

 Carried 
forward 
Company 
£’000

50
–
–
–
–
–

50

–
–
–
1
–

51

56
–
–
–
24
–

80

–
–
–
1,630
–

1,710

25
–
15
–
–
–

40

–
(79)
–
–
–

(39)

851
–
–
–
–
–

851

–
–
–
–
–

851

982
–
15
–
24
–

1,021

–
(79)
–
1,631
–

2,573

Brought  
forward 
Company 
£’000

Share based 
payment 
reserve 
Company 
£’000

Retained 
earnings 
Company 
£’000

Total 
Company 
£’000

982
–
15
–
24
–

1,021

–
(79)
–
1,631
–

2,573

783
–
–
1,255
–
–

2,038

–
–
707
–
–

10,443
13,343
–
5
–
(6,400)

17,391

14,466
–
357
–
(7,622)

12,208
13,343
15
1,260
24
(6,400)

20,450

14,466
(79)
1,064
1,631
(7,622)

2,745

24,592

29,910

103

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Clipper Logistics plc Company Financial StatementsGroup Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Notes to the Company Financial Statements

A. Authorisation of Financial 
Statements and statement of 
compliance with UK GAAP
The Parent Company Financial 
Statements of Clipper Logistics plc  
(the “Company”) for the year ended  
30 April 2018 were authorised for issue  
by the Board of Directors on 16 August 
2018 and the Company Statement  
of Financial Position was signed on  
the Board’s behalf by David Hodkin.  
Clipper Logistics plc is a public limited 
company incorporated and domiciled  
in England and Wales. The Company’s 
ordinary shares are traded on the 
London Stock Exchange. 

The Financial Statements are prepared 
in accordance with Financial Reporting 
Standard 101 ‘Reduced Disclosure 
Framework’ (“FRS 101”). The Financial 
Statements are prepared under the 
historical cost convention.

No profit and loss account is presented 
by the Company as permitted by 
section 408 of the Companies Act 2006. 
The profit after tax attributable to the 
members of the Company and other 
comprehensive income are shown in 
the Statement of Changes in Equity.

The results of Clipper Logistics plc are 
included in the consolidated Financial 
Statements of Clipper Logistics plc 
which are available from the Company 
Secretary at Gelderd Road,  
Leeds, LS12 6LT.

The accounting policies which follow 
set out those policies which apply in 
preparing the Financial Statements  
for the year ended 30 April 2018. The 
Financial Statements are prepared in 
Pounds Sterling and are rounded to  
the nearest thousand pounds (£’000).

B. Accounting policies
The Financial Statements have been 
prepared in accordance with the 
Companies Act 2006 and with 
applicable accounting standards 
in the United Kingdom.

B.1 Basis of preparation
The Company has taken advantage 
of the following disclosure exemptions 
under FRS 101:

(a)  the requirements of paragraphs 
45(b) and 46–52 of IFRS 2 ‘Share 
Based Payment’;

(b)  the requirements of paragraphs 62, 

B64(d), B64(e), B64(g), B64(h), 
B64(j)-B64(m), B64(n)(ii), B64 (o)(ii), 
B64(p), B64(q)(ii), B66 and B67 of  
IFRS 3 ‘Business Combinations’; 
(c)  the requirements of IFRS 7 ‘Financial 

Instruments: Disclosures’;

(d)  the requirements of paragraphs 

91–99 of IFRS 13 ‘Fair Value 
Measurement’;

(e)  the requirement in paragraph 38  
of IAS 1 ‘Presentation of Financial 
Statements’ to present comparative 
information in respect of:
i.  paragraph 79(a)(iv) of IAS 1;
ii.  paragraph 73(e) of IAS 16 

‘Property, Plant and Equipment’;

iii. paragraph 118(e) of IAS 38 

‘Intangible Assets’;

iv. paragraphs 76 and 79(d) of IAS 40 

‘Investment Property’; and

v.  paragraph 50 of IAS 41 

‘Agriculture’;

(f)  the requirements of paragraphs 

10(d), 10(f), 39(c) and 134–136 of  
IAS 1 ‘Presentation of Financial 
Statements’;

(g)  the requirements of IAS 7 ‘Statement 

of Cash Flows’;

(h)  the requirements of paragraphs 30 

and 31 of IAS 8 ‘Accounting Policies, 
Changes in Accounting Estimates 
and Errors’;

(i)  the requirements of paragraph 17 of 
IAS 24 ‘Related Party Disclosures’ to 
disclose related party transactions 
entered into between two or more 
members of a group, provided that 
any subsidiary which is a party to 
the transaction is wholly owned by 
such a member; and

(j)  the requirements of paragraphs 

134(d)-134(f) and 135(c)-135(e) of  
IAS 36 ‘Impairment of Assets’.

B.2 Going concern
The Financial Statements have  
been prepared on a going concern 
basis. In determining the appropriate 
basis of preparation of the Financial 
Statements, the Directors are required 
to consider whether the Company and 
the Group can continue in operational 
existence for the foreseeable future.

Further information in relation to the 
Group’s business activities, together 
with the factors likely to affect its future 
development, performance and position 
is set out in the Strategic Report section 
of this report on pages 1 to 35.

Note 26 to the Group Financial 
Statements includes the Group’s 
objectives, policies and processes  
for managing its capital, its financial  
risk management objectives and its 
exposure to foreign exchange, credit 
and interest rate risk.

The Company Statement of Financial 
Position at 30 April 2018 shows current 
assets of £64,128,000 (2017: £38,390,000) 
and current liabilities of £88,509,000 
(2017: £61,939,000). Net current liabilities 
are therefore £24,381.000 (2017: 
£23,549,000). The Group has access to a 
non-amortising Revolving Credit Facility 
of £30,000,000 repayable in 2021 and 
an overdraft facility of £8,000,000, an 
aggregate of £38,000,000 of which 
£10,337,000 was drawn at 30 April 2018 
(see note 20 to the Group Financial 
Statements). The Company’s bank 
overdraft shown in Note J was covered 
in part by cash balances held by other 
UK entities of the Group.

The Directors have assessed the future 
funding requirements of the Group and 
the Company and compared them  
with the bank facilities which are now 
available. The assessment included a 
detailed review of financial and cash 
flow forecasts for at least the 12 month 
period from the date of signing the 
Annual Report. The Directors considered 
a range of potential scenarios within the 
key markets the Group serves and how 
these might impact on the Group’s cash 
flow. The Directors also considered what 
mitigating actions the Group could take 
to limit any adverse consequences.

104

 Clipper Logistics plc Company Financial StatementsThe Group’s forecasts and projections 
show that the Group should be able  
to operate without the need for any 
increase in borrowing facilities.

Having undertaken this work, the 
Directors are of the opinion that the 
Company and the Group have 
adequate resources to continue in 
operational existence for the foreseeable 
future. Accordingly, they continue to 
adopt the going concern basis in 
preparing the Financial Statements.

B.3 Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment is stated 
at historical cost less depreciation and 
impairment. Historical cost includes 
expenditure that is directly attributable 
to the acquisition of the items.

Subsequent costs are included in the 
asset’s carrying amount or recognised  
as a separate asset, as appropriate, only 
when it is probable that future economic 
benefits associated with the item will  
flow to the Company and the cost of  
the item can be measured reliably. The 
carrying amount of any replaced part  
is derecognised. All other repairs and 
maintenance are charged to the 
income statement during the financial 
period in which they are incurred.

Depreciation is calculated using the 
straight-line method to allocate their 
cost to their residual values over their 
estimated useful lives, as follows:

 − Leasehold property : over the length 

of the lease;

 − Plant and machinery: 2–20 years; 

and

 − Motor vehicles: 4–8 years.

Residual values and useful lives are 
reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, 
at each balance sheet date.

An asset’s carrying amount is written 
down immediately to its recoverable 
amount if the asset’s carrying amount  
is greater than its estimated 
recoverable amount.

An item of property, plant and 
equipment and any significant part 
initially recognised is derecognised 
upon disposal or when no future 
economic benefits are expected  
from its use or disposal. Any gain or  
loss arising on derecognition of the 
asset (calculated as the difference 
between the net disposal proceeds 
and the carrying amount of the asset)  
is included within other net gains in  
the income statement when the  
asset is derecognised.

B.4 Investments
Non-current investments are shown 
at cost less provision for impairment.

B.5 Intangible assets
a. Contracts, customer relationships 
and licences
Intangible assets recognised in relation to 
contracts or licences are amortised over 
the length of the relevant agreement.

b. Goodwill
Goodwill representing the excess of  
the purchase price compared with  
the fair value of net assets acquired is 
capitalised and included in intangible 
assets. Separately recognised goodwill  
is tested annually for impairment and 
carried at cost less accumulated 
impairment losses. This is not in 
accordance with the Large and 
Medium-sized Companies and Groups 
(Accounts and Reports) Regulations 
2008 which requires that all goodwill be 
amortised. The Directors consider that 
this would fail to give a true and fair  
view of the profit for the year and that 
the economic measure of performance 
in any period is properly made by 
reference only to any impairment that 
may have arisen. It is not practicable  
to quantify the effect on the Financial 
Statements of this departure.

c. Computer software
Acquired computer software licences 
are capitalised on the basis of the costs 
incurred to acquire and bring to use  
the specific software. These costs are 
amortised over their estimated useful 
lives (3 to 5 years). 

Costs associated with developing  
or maintaining computer software 
programmes are recognised as an 
expense as incurred. Costs that  
are directly associated with the 
development of identifiable and unique 
software products controlled by the 
Company, and that will probably 
generate economic benefits exceeding 
costs beyond one year, are recognised 
as intangible assets. Costs include the 
software development employee costs 
and overheads directly attributable to 
bringing the asset into use.

Computer software development costs 
recognised as assets are amortised 
over their estimated useful lives (not 
exceeding five years).

B.6 Leases
Leases in which a significant portion  
of the risks and rewards of ownership 
are retained by the lessor are classified 
as operating leases. Payments made 
under operating leases (net of any 
incentives received from the lessor)  
are charged to the income statement 
on a straight-line basis over the period  
of the lease.

Assets held under finance leases,  
which transfer to the Company 
substantially all the risks and benefits 
incidental to ownership of the leased 
item, are capitalised at the inception  
of the lease, with a corresponding 
liability being recognised for the lower 
of the fair value of the leased asset  
and the present value of the minimum 
lease payments. Lease payments are 
apportioned between the reduction  
of the lease liability and finance 
charges in the income statement  
so as to achieve a constant rate of  
interest on the remaining balance of 
the liability. The property, plant and 
equipment acquired under finance 
leases is depreciated over the shorter 
of the estimated useful life of the asset  
and the lease term; where the lease 
contains an option to purchase which  
is expected to be exercised, the asset  
is depreciated over the useful life of  
the asset. The accounting policy 
adopted for finance leases is also 
applied to hire purchase agreements.

105

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Clipper Logistics plc Company Financial StatementsGroup Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Notes to the Company Financial Statements continued

B.10 Trade payables
Trade payables are recognised initially at 
fair value and subsequently measured 
at amortised cost using the effective 
interest method.

B.11 Borrowings
Borrowings are recognised initially at 
fair value, net of transaction costs 
incurred. Borrowings are subsequently 
stated at amortised cost; any difference 
between the proceeds (net of transaction 
costs) and the redemption value is 
recognised in the income statement 
over the period of the borrowings using 
the effective interest method.

Borrowings are classified as current 
liabilities unless the Company has an 
unconditional right to defer settlement 
of the liability for at least 12 months 
after the balance sheet date.

B.12 Income tax
Current tax assets and liabilities are 
measured at the amount expected  
to be recovered from or paid to the 
taxation authorities, based on tax  
rates and laws that are enacted or 
substantively enacted by the balance 
sheet date.

Deferred income tax is provided in full, 
using the liability method, on temporary 
differences arising between the tax bases 
of assets and liabilities and their carrying 
amounts in the Financial Statements.

However, the deferred income tax is  
not accounted for if it arises from initial 
recognition of goodwill or an asset  
or liability in a transaction other than  
a business combination that at the  
time of the transaction affects neither 
accounting nor taxable profits or losses.

Deferred income tax is determined 
using tax rates (and laws) that have 
been enacted or substantively enacted 
by the balance sheet date and are 
expected to apply when the related 
deferred income tax asset is realised  
or the deferred income tax liability is 
settled. Deferred income tax assets  
are recognised to the extent that it is 
probable that future taxable profit  
will be available against which the 
temporary differences can be utilised.

Deferred income tax assets and 
liabilities are offset only if a legally 
enforceable right exists to set off current 
tax assets against current tax liabilities, 
the deferred income taxes relate to  
the same taxation authority and that 
authority permits the Company to 
make a single net payment.

B.13 Employee benefits
a. Pension obligations
The Company operates various pension 
schemes. The schemes are generally 
funded through payments to insurance 
companies. The Company has only 
defined contribution plans. A defined 
contribution plan is a pension plan 
under which the Company pays fixed 
contributions into a separate entity.

For defined contribution plans,  
the Company pays contributions  
to privately administered pension 
insurance plans on a contractual or 
voluntary basis. The Company has  
no further payment obligations once 
the contributions have been paid.  
The contributions are recognised  
as employee benefit expense when  
they are due.

b. Post-retirement benefits
The Company provides no other post-
retirement benefits to its employees.

c. Profit-sharing and bonus plans
The Company recognises a liability  
and an expense for bonuses and 
profit-sharing, based on a formula  
that takes into consideration the  
profit attributable to the Company’s 
shareholders after certain adjustments. 
The Company recognises a provision 
where contractually obliged or where 
there is a past practice that has 
created a constructive obligation.

d. Share based payments
IFRS 2 requires the recognition of equity 
settled share based payments at fair 
value at the date of the grant. All  
equity settled share based payments  
are ultimately recognised as an 
expense in the income statement  
with a corresponding credit to share 
based payment reserve.

B.7 Inventories – component parts 
and consumable stores
Inventories of component parts and 
consumable stores are valued at the 
lower of cost and net realisable value 
on a line-by-line basis. Provision is made 
for obsolete and slow-moving items.

B.8 Trade receivables
Trade receivables are recognised 
initially at fair value and subsequently 
measured at amortised cost using  
the effective interest method, less 
provision for impairment. A provision  
for impairment of trade receivables  
is established when there is objective 
evidence that the Company will not  
be able to collect all amounts due 
according to the original terms of  
the receivables.

Significant financial difficulties of the 
debtor, probability that the debtor  
will enter bankruptcy or financial 
reorganisation, and default or 
delinquency in payments (more than  
30 days overdue) are considered 
indicators that the trade receivable 
may be impaired. The amount of the 
provision is the difference between  
the asset’s carrying amount and the 
present value of estimated future  
cash flows, discounted at the original 
effective interest rate.

The carrying amount of the asset  
is reduced through the use of  
an allowance account, and the  
amount of the loss is recognised  
in the income statement within 
administration expenses.

When a trade receivable is 
uncollectable, it is written off against  
the allowance account for trade 
receivables. Subsequent recoveries  
of amounts previously written off are 
credited against administration 
expenses in the income statement.

B.9 Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents includes 
cash in hand, deposits held at call with 
banks, other short-term highly liquid 
investments with original maturities  
of three months or less, and bank 
overdrafts. Bank overdrafts are shown 
within borrowings in current liabilities  
on the Company Statement of 
Financial Position.

106

 Clipper Logistics plc Company Financial StatementsIf vesting periods or other non-market 
vesting conditions apply, the expense is 
allocated over the vesting period based 
on the best available estimate of the 
number of shares expected to vest. 
Estimates are revised subsequently if 
there is any indication that the number  
of shares expected to vest differs from 
previous estimates. Any cumulative 
adjustment prior to vesting is recognised 
in the current period. The financial effect 
of awards by the Company of options 
over its equity shares to employees of 
subsidiary undertakings are charged  
to the employing entity. Amounts 
recharged by the Company are 
recognised as an intra-Group receivable 
with a corresponding credit to equity.

Upon exercise of share options, the 
proceeds received net of attributable 
transaction costs are credited to share 
capital and, where appropriate,  
share premium.

B.14 Provisions
Provisions for items such as dilapidations 
and legal claims are recognised when: 
the Company has a present legal or 
constructive obligation as a result of 
past events; it is probable that an 
outflow of resources will be required to 
settle the obligation; and the amount 
has been reliably estimated.

Where there are a number of similar 
obligations, the likelihood that an 
outflow will be required in settlement  
is determined by considering the class 
of obligations as a whole. A provision  
is recognised even if the likelihood of  
an outflow with respect to any one  
item included in the same class of 
obligations may be small.

Provisions are measured at the present 
value of the expenditures expected  
to be required to settle the obligation 
using a pre-tax rate that reflects current 
market assessments of the time value  
of money and the risks specific to the 
obligation. The increase in the provision 
due to passage of time is recognised  
as interest expense.

B.15 Foreign currency translation
The Company’s functional currency and 
presentation currency is Pounds Sterling. 
Transactions in foreign currencies are 
initially recorded in the functional 
currency by applying the spot exchange 
rate ruling at the date of the transaction. 
Monetary assets and liabilities 
denominated in foreign currencies are 
retranslated at the functional currency 
rate of exchange ruling at the balance 
sheet date. All differences are taken to 
the income statement.

Non-monetary items that are measured 
in terms of historical cost in a foreign 
currency are translated using the 
exchange rates as at the dates of  
the initial transactions. Non-monetary 
items measured at fair value in a 
foreign currency are translated using 
the exchange rates at the date when 
the fair value was determined.

The Company does not apply hedge 
accounting of foreign exchange risks  
in its Company Financial Statements.

B.16 Revenue recognition
Revenue is measured at the fair value 
of the consideration received or 
receivable for the sale of goods and 
services in the ordinary course of the 
Company’s activities. Revenue is shown 
net of value-added tax, returns, rebates 
and discounts.

At certain sites where the Company  
has entered into leases, arrangements 
have been entered into with third and/
or related parties, under which the 
Company receives fees for property-
related advisory services. Revenue 
earned from property-related services 
is recognised in the income statement 
at fair value of the consideration 
receivable, net of VAT. 

Management assesses the fees that are 
applicable to each specific transaction 
and recognises revenue in the income 
statement at the time of the underlying 
transaction. In forming the judgment, 
the Company considers whether the 
leases it has entered into are operating 
leases, whether the future rentals are at 
market value and accordingly whether 
the fees can be attributed to delivered 
property services. 

The Company recognises revenue 
when the amount of revenue can be 
reliably measured, it is probable that 
future economic benefits will flow to  
the entity and specific criteria have 
been met for each of the Company’s 
activities. The amount of revenue is not 
considered to be reliably measurable 
until all contingencies relating to the 
sale have been resolved. In practice 
this means that revenue is generally 
recognised when the service is 
rendered. Invoicing varies by contract, 
but is typically either in line with work 
performed or initially on a budgeted 
volume basis with later adjustment  
to reflect actual activity. 

Where a contract contains elements of 
variable consideration, the Company  
will estimate the amount or revenue  
to which it will be entitled under the 
contract. Variable consideration  
can arise as a result of incentives, 
performance bonuses, penalties  
or other similar items. Variable 
consideration is recognised only to  
the extent that it is highly probable  
that the economic benefit will transfer  
to the Company. Calculation of 
accrued and deferred income is 
therefore necessary at period ends, 
with client billing arrangements not 
always coinciding with the Company’s 
reporting periods. 

Revenue from open book contracts 
includes contributions to the capital 
cost of items used in the delivery of 
services, together with a finance 
charge. Judgment is required when 
determining the appropriate timing 
and amount of revenue that can be 
recognised, due to the different 
contractual arrangements in place.

B.17 Intra‑Group guarantees
Where the Company enters into 
contracts to guarantee the 
indebtedness of other companies  
within the Group, the Company treats 
the guarantee contract as a contingent 
liability until such time as it becomes 
probable that the Company will be 
required to make a payment under  
the guarantee.

B.18 Judgments and key sources  
of estimation uncertainty
The preparation of the financial 
information under FRS 101 requires 
management to make judgments, 
estimates and assumptions concerning 
the future. The estimates and associated 
assumptions are based on historical 
experience and other factors that are 
believed to be reasonable under the 
circumstances, the results of which form 
the basis of making the judgments about 
carrying values of assets and liabilities 
that are not readily apparent from other 
sources. The resulting accounting 
estimates will, by definition, seldom 
equal the related actual results. The 
estimates and assumptions that have  
a significant risk of causing a material 
adjustment to the carrying amounts  
of assets and liabilities within the next 
financial year are discussed below.

a. Revenue recognition
Judgment is required when determining 
the appropriate timing and amount  
of revenue that can be recognised.  
The varied contractual terms, costs  
and performance requirements used  
to determine revenue can lead to 
complexity around the calculation  
of deferred and accrued revenue,  
and ensuring revenue is recognised  
in the correct period.

107

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Clipper Logistics plc Company Financial StatementsGroup Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Notes to the Company Financial Statements continued

C. Auditor’s remuneration
Remuneration payable to the Company’s auditor is shown in note 6 to the Group Financial Statements.

D. Intangible assets

Cost:
At 1 May 2016
Additions
Disposals

At 30 April 2017

Additions
Acquisition

At 30 April 2018

Accumulated amortisation:
At 1 May 2016
Charge for the year
Disposals

At 30 April 2017

Charge for the year

At 30 April 2018

Net book value:
At 1 May 2016

At 30 April 2017

At 30 April 2018

Contracts, 
customer 
relationships 
and licences 
Company 
£’000

Goodwill 
Company 
£’000

Computer 
software 
Company 
£’000

Total 
Company 
£’000

8,312
–
–

8,312

–
 –

8,312

2,600
–
–

2,600

–

2,600

5,712

5,712

5,712

723
–
–

723

–
 7,410

8,133

723
–
–

723

–

723

–

–

1,607
105
(261)

1,451

920
601

2,972

1,193
158
(94)

1,257

157

1,414

414

194

10,642
105
(261)

10,486

920
 8,011

19,417

4,516
158
(94)

4,580

157

4,737

6,126

5,906

 7,410

1,558

14,680

On 30 April 2018 the Company acquired the entire trade, assets and undertaking of its subsidiary, Tesam Distribution Limited,  
at market value. For further detail, see note T.

108

 Clipper Logistics plc Company Financial StatementsE. Property, plant and equipment 

Cost:
At 1 May 2016
Additions
Disposals

At 30 April 2017

Additions
Acquisitions
Disposals

At 30 April 2018

Accumulated depreciation:
At 1 May 2016
Charge for the year
Disposals

At 30 April 2017

Charge for the year
Disposals

At 30 April 2018

Net book value:
At 1 May 2016
At 30 April 2017

At 30 April 2018

Leasehold 
property 
Company 
£’000

Motor  
vehicles 
Company 
£’000

Plant, 
machinery, 
fixtures & 
fittings 
Company 
£’000

34,822
17,846
(3,434)

49,234

6,712
555
–

Total 
Company 
£’000

38,985
17,896
(3,586)

53,295

9,856
625
(50)

1,369
30
(11)

1,388

6
58
(50)

1,402

56,501

63,726

967
142
(11)

1,098

138
(46)

16,573
2,837
(1,985)

17,425

4,148
–

18,706
3,204
(2,137)

19,773

4,618
(46)

2,794
20
(141)

2,673

3,138
12
–

5,823

1,166
225
(141)

1,250

332
–

1,582

1,190

21,573

24,345

1,628
1,423

4,241

402
290

212

18,249
31,809

20,279
33,522

34,928

39,381

Included within property, plant and equipment are amounts held under finance lease contracts. At 30 April 2018, the net book 
value of these assets was £25,825,000 (2017: £24,557,000). The depreciation charged to the accounts in the year in respect of 
such assets amounted to £2,782,000 (2017: £2,031,000). 

Additions to plant, machinery, fixtures & fittings include £1,517,000 (2017: £1,757,000) in respect of assets in the course of construction.

F. Investments

Cost:
At 1 May 2016
Additions

At 30 April 2017

Additions

At 30 April 2018

Provision for impairment:
At 1 May 2016 and 30 April 2017
Write-down in year (see note T)

At 30 April 2018

Net book value:
At 1 May 2016

At 30 April 2017

At 30 April 2018

Subsidiary 
undertakings 
£’000

20,188
255

20,443

15,787

36,230

 215
11,410

 11,625

19,973

20,228

24,605

Other 
£’000

–
1,950

1,950

–

1,950

– 
–

–

–

1,950

1,950

109

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Clipper Logistics plc Company Financial StatementsGroup Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Notes to the Company Financial Statements continued

F. Investments continued
During the year the Company acquired the entire share capital of Tesam Distribution Limited and RepairTech Limited  
(see note 28 to the Group Financial Statements) and subscribed for further share capital in Clipper Logistics Sp. z o.o.

Subsidiary undertakings
Except where indicated, the subsidiary undertakings are incorporated and operate in Great Britain, registered in England  
and Wales and the Company or Group owns 100% of the issued ordinary share capital and voting rights.

Company

Nature of business during the year

Servicecare Support Services Limited1

Returns management services and online retail

Clipper Logistics KG (GmbH & Co.) (Germany)2

Contract distribution and warehousing

Clipper Logistics Sp. z o.o. (Poland)3

Contract distribution and warehousing

Tesam Distribution Limited

RepairTech Limited4

Contract distribution and warehousing

Technical services

Northern Commercials (Mirfield) Limited5

Sale, servicing and repair of commercial vehicles

Genesis Specialised Product Packing Limited

Online retail and distribution

Stormont Truck and Van Limited*

Agency for leasing commitments

Clipper Verwaltungs GmbH (Germany)2

Agency for leasing commitments

Electrotec International Limited*1

Gagewell Transport Limited

Clipper e-commerce Limited

Clipper Logistics (Processing) Limited

Clipper Logistics (Warehousing) Limited

Clipper Secure Logistics Limited

Clipper Logistics BV (Netherlands)

DTS Logistics Limited

Guardex Security Services Limited

Transference Technology Limited (90% owned)*

Northern Commercial Trailers (Mirfield) Limited*

*  Shareholding held indirectly.

See note 28 to the Group Financial Statements for additions during the year.

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

The registered office of each subsidiary is Clipper Logistics Group, Gelderd Road, Leeds, LS12 6LT except for:

1.  Hollinwood Works, Manchester Road, Hollinwood, Oldham, Lancashire, OL9 7AA 
2.  Steinweg 2, 95213, Münchberg, Germany 
3.  3 ul. Zernicka, 22, Robakowo, 62-023, Robakowo, Poland 
4.  4b Westfield Road, Kineton Industrial Estate, Southam, Warwickshire, CV47 0JH 
5.  Armytage Road, Wakefield Road Industrial Estate, Brighouse, West Yorkshire, HD6 1PG

G. Inventories

Component parts and consumable stores

2018 
Company 
£’000

2017 
Company 
£’000

466

394

110

 Clipper Logistics plc Company Financial StatementsH. Trade and other receivables

Amounts falling due within one year:
Trade receivables
Other receivables
Prepayments and accrued income
Amounts receivable from related parties (see note S)
Amounts owed by fellow Group companies

Amounts falling due after more than one year:
Amounts owed by fellow Group companies

Total

I. Trade and other payables

Trade payables
Other taxes and social security
Other payables
Accruals and deferred income
Amounts payable to related parties (see note S)
Amounts payable to fellow Group companies

Total trade and other payables

J. Financial liabilities: borrowings

Non‑current:
Bank loans
Obligations under finance leases or hire purchase agreements

Total non‑current

Current:
Bank overdrafts
Bank loans
Obligations under finance leases or hire purchase agreements

Total current

Total borrowings

Less:
Cash and cash equivalents
Non-current financial assets (see note S)

Net debt

2018 
Company 
£’000

2017 
Company 
£’000

33,357
105
18,544
5,691
533

58,230

4,540

62,770

14,840
114
18,464
522
371

34,311

3,636

37,947

2018 
Company 
£’000

2017 
Company 
£’000

21,840
7,727
2,688
29,951
233
5,236

67,675

20,588
4,821
2,028
13,869
171
3,443

44,920

2018 
Company 
£’000

2017 
Company 
£’000

9,837
15,409

25,246

12,112
860
5,665

18,637

43,883

892
1,950

41,041

1,300
16,757

18,057

9,263
770
5,177

15,210

33,267

49
1,450

31,768

Bank loans and overdrafts are secured by a charge over the Group’s assets. The Company’s overdraft is offset by cash 
balances in subsidiary companies. The net Group overdraft at 30 April 2018 is £1,337,000 (2017: £nil). Obligations under  
finance leases or hire purchase agreements are secured by related assets.

K. Bank loans
Bank loans repayable, included within borrowings, are analysed as follows:

In one year or less
Between one and five years
After five years

Total

See note 20 to the Group Financial Statements for the principal features of the bank loans.

2018 
Company 
£’000

2017 
Company 
£’000

860
9,837
–

10,697

770
1,300
–

2,070

111

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Clipper Logistics plc Company Financial StatementsGroup Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Notes to the Company Financial Statements continued

L. Finance leases and hire purchase agreements
The Company uses finance leases and hire purchase agreements to acquire property, plant and equipment.

The amounts which are repayable under hire purchase or finance lease instalments are shown below:

Fixed rate leases:
Minimum lease payments:
In one year or less
Between one and five years

Interest:
In one year or less
Between one and five years

Principal of fixed rate leases:
In one year or less
Between one and five years

Variable rate leases:

Total

M. Provisions

At 1 May 2016
Utilised
Consideration received
Charged in year

At 30 April 2017

Utilised
Charged in year

At 30 April 2018

Provisions have been analysed between current and non‑current as follows:

Current
Non-current

Total

2018 
Company 
£’000

2017 
Company 
£’000

6,372
16,245

22,617

(707)
(836)

(1,543)

5,665
15,409

21,074

–

5,961
17,909

23,870

(784)
(1,152)

(1,936)

5,177
16,757

21,934

–

21,074

21,934

Uninsured 
losses 
Company
£’000

Dilapidations 
Company 
£’000

Total 
Company 
£’000

–
(145)
–
145

–

(213)
213

642
(166)
557
289

1,322

(206)
375

642
(311)
557
434

1,322

(419)
588

–

1,491

1,491

2018 
Company 
£’000

2017 
Company 
£’000

61
1,430

1,491

43
1,279

1,322

Uninsured losses
The uninsured losses provision is in respect of the cost of claims (generally for commercial vehicles and employment related) 
which are either not insured externally or fall below the excess on the Company’s insurance policies.

Dilapidations
Provisions are established over the life of leases to cover remedial work necessary at termination under the terms of those 
leases. One key site has a lease that expires 19 years from the balance sheet date and an office lease expires 13 years from 
the balance sheet date. All other leases expire in 10 years or less.

During the prior year the Company took assignment of a property lease with seven years remaining and received compensation 
from the previous tenant, reflecting the agreed value of accrued dilapidation remedial works at the date of handover.

112

 Clipper Logistics plc Company Financial StatementsN. Deferred tax
Deferred tax balances in the Statement of Financial Position are as follows:

Tax effect of temporary differences due to:

Share based payments
Other timing differences

Deferred tax assets (gross)

Intangible assets
Accelerated capital allowances
Other timing differences

Deferred tax liabilities (gross)

Net Deferred tax

(Charged)/
credited to 
income 
statement 
£’000

(Charged)/
credited to 
share based 
payment 
reserve
£’000

Brought 
forward
£’000

Acquisitions
£’000

 Carried 
forward
Company
 £’000

846
45

891

–
(612)
–

(612)

279

(142)
20

(122)

–
(147)
–

(147)

(269)

(150)
–

(150)

–
–
–

–

(150)

–
–

–

(1,362)
(97)
–

(1,459)

(1,459)

554
65

619

(1,362)
(856)
–

(2,218)

(1,599)

The UK corporation tax rate reduced from 20% to 19% with effect from 1 April 2017 and will reduce further to 17% with effect 
from 1 April 2020. A rate of 17% (2017: 17%) has been applied in the measurement of the Company’s deferred tax assets and 
liabilities in the year.

O. Share capital

Allotted, called up and fully paid:
101,360,523 (2017: 100,022,968) ordinary shares of 0.05 pence each

2018 
Company 
£’000

2017 
Company 
£’000

51

50

During the year the Company issued 1,087,555 ordinary shares to satisfy employee share options, for aggregate consideration 
of £1,381,000; and 250,000 ordinary shares at a price of 100 pence per share to satisfy an option dated 30 May 2014 which was 
entered into by the Company and the Company’s broker Numis Securities Limited. The new shares rank pari passu with all 
existing ordinary shares in issue. See also note 23 to the Group Financial Statements.

P. Share based payments
Further details of the share option schemes are set out in note 23 to the Group Financial Statements. The charge to the 
Company’s income statement for equity settled transactions in the year ended 30 April 2018 was £1,146,000 (2017: £771,000).

Q. Commitments and contingencies
Operating lease commitments – land and buildings:

Within one year
Between one and five years
After more than five years

Total minimum lease payments

Operating lease commitments – vehicles, plant and equipment:

Within one year
Between one and five years
After more than five years

Total minimum lease payments

2018 
Company 
£’000

17,103
54,601
55,585

2017 
Company 
£’000

16,062
58,514
75,058

127,289

149,634

2018 
Company 
£’000

2017 
Company 
£’000

6,457
9,073
2

5,284
9,353
11

15,532

14,648

113

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Clipper Logistics plc Company Financial StatementsGroup Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
Notes to the Company Financial Statements continued

R. Capital commitments

Authorised and contracted for
Authorised but not contracted for

Total capital commitments

2018 
Company 
£’000

5,350
12,359

17,709

2017 
Company 
£’000

2,011
2,659

4,670

S. Related party disclosures
Clicklink Logistics Limited (see note 15 to the Group Financial Statements) is a supplier of logistics services to the Company. 
The Company provides certain resources to Clicklink, principally people and vehicles, under the terms of the joint venture 
agreement. Amounts charged for these resources are included in revenue.

Branton Court Stud LLP, in which Steve Parkin is a partner, receives management and administration services from  
the Company.

Guiseley Association Football Club, which shares a common director with the Company, receives sponsorship income from 
the Company. 

Harrogate Road Restaurants Limited, a company which shares a common director with the Company, receives management 
and administration services from the Company.

Hamsard 3476 Limited, a company controlled by Steve Parkin, receives property-related services from the Company.

Knaresborough Investments Limited, a company controlled by Steve Parkin, receives management and administration 
services from the Company. 

Roydhouse Properties Limited is the landlord of two of the Company’s leasehold properties and has common directors with 
Clipper Logistics plc.

Southerns Office Interiors Limited supplies office furniture to the Company. A company owned by Steve Parkin is registered  
as a person with significant control over Southerns Limited, the ultimate parent of Southerns Office Interiors Limited.

Trust Electric Heating Limited, a supplier to the Company, shares a common director with Clipper Logistics plc.

In the prior year, the Company chartered an aircraft from South Acre Aviation Limited, a company owned by Steve Parkin.

Key management compensation is disclosed in note 5 to the Group Financial Statements.

Balances owing to or from these related parties at 30 April were as follows:

Non‑current financial assets:
Clicklink Logistics Limited – interest bearing loan
Trade and other receivables:
Clicklink Logistics Limited – trading balance
Hamsard 3476 Limited – revenue
Knaresborough Investments Limited 
Branton Court Stud LLP
Trade and other payables:
Clicklink Logistics Limited
Southerns Office Interiors Limited
Trust Electric Heating Limited

2018 
Company 
£’000

2017 
Company 
£’000

1,950

1,491
4,200
–
–

168
63
2

1,450

282
–
115
125

135
36
–

The shareholders in Clicklink Logistics Limited have jointly made available to that company a term loan facility of £3,900,000 of 
which the Company’s 50% share is £1,950,000. The facility was drawn in two loans. Interest on each loan is calculated at a margin 
above 12 month LIBOR and is payable annually. All loans drawn under the facility are repayable in November 2019.

114

 Clipper Logistics plc Company Financial StatementsS. Related party disclosures continued
Transactions with these related parties in the year ended 30 April were as follows:

Items credited to the income statement:
Clicklink Logistics Limited – revenue
Clicklink Logistics Limited – finance income
Hamsard 3476 Limited
Knaresborough Investments Limited
Branton Court Stud LLP
Harrogate Road Restaurants Limited
Southerns Office Interiors Limited
Items charged to the income statement:
Clicklink Logistics Limited
Hamsard 3476 Limited
Knaresborough Investments Limited
Roydhouse Properties Limited 
Southerns Office Interiors Limited 
Guiseley Association Football Club
South Acre Aviation Limited 
Trust Electric Heating Limited
Purchase of non‑current assets
Southerns Office Interiors Limited
Sale of non‑current assets
Clicklink Logistics Limited – items previously capitalised by the Company
Clicklink Logistics Limited – items procured but not capitalised by the Company

2018  
Company 
£’000

2017  
Company 
£’000

15,738
35
4,200
285
359
–
18

1,682
–
8
865
28
67
–
4

70

–
277

4,701
18
–
150
125
2
–

410
–
5
888
46
25
7
–

135

1,173
3,681

T. Business combinations
Tesam Distribution Limited
On 24 May 2017 the Company acquired the entire issued share capital of Tesam Distribution Limited (“Tesam”) in exchange 
for cash consideration. Tesam operated as a provider of a variety of warehousing and distribution services to the retail sector. 
With effect from 30 April 2018 the trade, assets and undertaking of Tesam have been hived-up into Clipper Logistics plc. 

Acquisition:

Assets:
Property, plant and equipment
Intangible assets
Trade and other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents
Liabilities:
Trade and other payables
Short term borrowings
Current tax liabilities
Deferred tax liabilities

Total identifiable net assets at fair value

Goodwill arising on acquisition

Total consideration

Intangible assets recognised consist of customer relationships and internally generated software.

Return on investment:

Original cost of investment
Residual asset value

Investment write-down
Dividends received

Net earnings in the year

Fair value
£’000

625
8,011
1,002
3,405

(2,920)
(899)
(777)
(1,459)

6,988

–

6,988

£’000

11,750
340

(11,410)
12,847

1,437

115

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Clipper Logistics plc Company Financial StatementsGroup Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
 
Directors, Secretary, Registered & Head Office  
and Advisors

Directors:

Steve Parkin, Executive Chairman  
Tony Mannix, Chief Executive Officer  
David Hodkin, Chief Financial Officer  
Ron Series, Senior Independent Non-Executive Director  
Stephen Robertson, Independent Non-Executive Director  
Mike Russell, Independent Non-Executive Director 

Company Secretary:

Registered Office and Head Office of the Company:

Registered number:

Sponsor, financial advisor, sole bookrunner and broker:

Legal advisors:

Auditor:

Registrars:

Guy Jackson

Gelderd Road 
Leeds  
LS12 6LT

03042024

Numis Securities Limited  
The London Stock Exchange Building 
10 Paternoster Square 
London  
EC4M 7LT

Squire Patton Boggs (UK) LLP 
2 Park Lane 
Leeds 
LS3 1ES 

Pinsent Masons LLP 
1 Park Row 
Leeds  
LS1 5AB

KPMG LLP  
1 Sovereign Square 
Sovereign Street 
Leeds  
LS1 4DA

Equiniti  
Aspect House  
Spencer Road 
Lancing  
West Sussex  
BN99 6DA

Financial public relations advisors to the Company:

Buchanan Communications Limited 
107 Cheapside 
London  
EC2V 6DN

116

 Clipper Logistics plc  
Consultancy, design and production
www.luminous.co.uk

Design and production

www.luminous.co.uk

C

l

i

p

p

e

r

L

o

g

i

s

t

i

c

s

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

1

8

Clipper Logistics plc
Gelderd Road 
Leeds 
LS12 6LT

Tel: 0113 204 2050 
Email: info@clippergroup.co.uk 
Web: www.clippergroup.co.uk